TWI791277B - Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film and substrate, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in manufacture of polyimide - Google Patents

Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film and substrate, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in manufacture of polyimide Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI791277B
TWI791277B TW110132670A TW110132670A TWI791277B TW I791277 B TWI791277 B TW I791277B TW 110132670 A TW110132670 A TW 110132670A TW 110132670 A TW110132670 A TW 110132670A TW I791277 B TWI791277 B TW I791277B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
chemical formula
polyimide
formula
represented
reaction
Prior art date
Application number
TW110132670A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202146531A (en
Inventor
岡卓也
小濱幸徳
中川美晴
久野信治
岩本圭司
弘津健二
桂良輔
安田真治
Original Assignee
日商Ube股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商Ube股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商Ube股份有限公司
Publication of TW202146531A publication Critical patent/TW202146531A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI791277B publication Critical patent/TWI791277B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1003Preparatory processes
    • C08G73/1007Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/74Esters of carboxylic acids having an esterified carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C69/753Esters of carboxylic acids having an esterified carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring of polycyclic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/93Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with a ring other than six-membered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D179/00Coating compositions based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen, with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C09D161/00 - C09D177/00
    • C09D179/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C09D179/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/133305Flexible substrates, e.g. plastics, organic film
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L31/00Semiconductor devices sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L31/02Details
    • H01L31/0216Coatings
    • H01L31/02161Coatings for devices characterised by at least one potential jump barrier or surface barrier
    • H01L31/02167Coatings for devices characterised by at least one potential jump barrier or surface barrier for solar cells
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/56Ring systems containing bridged rings
    • C07C2603/86Ring systems containing bridged rings containing four rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/56Ring systems containing bridged rings
    • C07C2603/90Ring systems containing bridged rings containing more than four rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2201/00Properties
    • C08L2201/10Transparent films; Clear coatings; Transparent materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2203/00Applications
    • C08L2203/16Applications used for films

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Sustainable Energy (AREA)
  • Sustainable Development (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)
  • Polymers With Sulfur, Phosphorus Or Metals In The Main Chain (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a polyimide precursor and a polyimide containing at least one type of repeating unit in which the structure derived from the tetracarboxylic acid component is a structure represented by any one of formulas (A-1) to (A-4) shown below.
Figure 110132670-A0101-11-0002-5
(In the formula, each of R1 , R2 and R3 independently represents -CH2 -, -CH2 CH2 -, or -CH=CH-.)
Figure 110132670-A0101-11-0002-6
(In the formula, R4 represents -CH2 -, -CH2 CH2 -, or -CH=CH-.)
Figure 110132670-A0101-11-0002-7
(In the formula, each of R5 and R6 independently represents -CH2 -, -CH2 CH2 -, or -CH=CH-.)
Figure 110132670-A0101-11-0003-8
(In the formula, R7 represents -CH2 CH2 - or -CH=CH-.)

Description

聚醯亞胺前驅體、聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺膜及基板與製造聚醯亞胺所使用之四羧酸二酐Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film and substrate, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the manufacture of polyimide

本發明係關於具有透明性、彎折耐性、高耐熱性、低線熱膨脹係數等優良的特性之聚醯亞胺、及其前驅體、及在製造它們時使用之四羧酸二酐。The present invention relates to polyimides having excellent properties such as transparency, bending resistance, high heat resistance, and low linear thermal expansion coefficient, their precursors, and tetracarboxylic dianhydrides used in their production.

近年,伴隨高度資訊化社會之到來,光通訊領域之光纖、光導波路等顯示裝置領域之液晶配向膜、彩色濾光片用保護膜等光學材料的開發正進展中。尤其在顯示裝置領域,替代玻璃基板之輕質且可撓性優異之塑膠基板探討、可彎曲或可圓化之顯示器之開發正積極進行中。所以,需要可使用在如此的用途的性能更高之光學材料。In recent years, with the advent of a highly informationized society, the development of optical materials such as optical fibers in the field of optical communications, optical waveguides, and other display devices, such as liquid crystal alignment films and protective films for color filters, is in progress. Especially in the field of display devices, research on lightweight and highly flexible plastic substrates to replace glass substrates, and the development of bendable or roundable displays are actively underway. Therefore, there is a need for higher performance optical materials that can be used in such applications.

芳香族聚醯亞胺,由於形成分子內共軛或電荷移動錯合物而固有地著色為黃褐色。為了抑制著色之方法,有人提出例如對於分子內導入氟原子、對於主鏈賦予彎曲性、導入體積大的基團作為側鏈等以妨礙分子內共軛或電荷移動錯合物形成並且使其展現透明性之方法。Aromatic polyimides, which are inherently yellow-brown in color due to the formation of intramolecular conjugation or charge-transfer complexes. In order to suppress coloring, it has been suggested that, for example, introducing fluorine atoms into the molecule, imparting flexibility to the main chain, introducing bulky groups as side chains, etc., to prevent the formation of intramolecular conjugation or charge transfer complexes and make them exhibit method of transparency.

又,也有人提出使用理論上不形成電荷移動錯合物的半脂環族或全脂環族聚醯亞胺以使其展現透明性之方法。尤其使用芳香族四羧酸二酐作為四羧酸成分、脂環族二胺作為二胺成分之高透明性之半脂環族聚醯亞胺、及使用脂環族四羧酸二酐作為四羧酸成分、芳香族二胺作為二胺成分之高透明性之半脂環族聚醯亞胺已有許多提案。Also, a method of using a semi-alicyclic or fully alicyclic polyimide that theoretically does not form a charge transfer complex to exhibit transparency has been proposed. In particular, aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are used as tetracarboxylic acid components, alicyclic diamines are used as highly transparent semi-alicyclic polyimides as diamine components, and alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides are used as tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides. Carboxylic acid components and aromatic diamines have been proposed as highly transparent semi-alicyclic polyimides as diamine components.

例如:專利文獻1揭示由在化學結構中具至少1個脂肪族6員環且不具芳香族環之脂環族四羧酸成分與在化學結構中具有至少1個醯胺鍵與芳香族環之芳香族二胺成分獲得之半脂環族聚醯亞胺前驅體、及聚醯亞胺。具體而言,專利文獻1之實施例中,就脂環族四羧酸成分而言,使用雙環[2.2.2]辛烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸二酐等,就具有醯胺鍵與芳香族環之芳香族二胺成分而言,使用4,4’-二胺基苯醯替苯胺等。又,專利文獻1之實施例中,就其他二胺成分而言,使用對苯二胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、4,4’-氧基二苯胺等。For example: Patent Document 1 discloses the composition of an alicyclic tetracarboxylic acid component having at least one aliphatic 6-membered ring and no aromatic ring in its chemical structure and at least one amide bond and an aromatic ring in its chemical structure Semi-alicyclic polyimide precursor obtained from aromatic diamine components, and polyimide. Specifically, in the examples of Patent Document 1, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, decahydro- 1,4: 5,8-Naphthalene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc. For aromatic diamine components having amide bonds and aromatic rings, use 4,4 '-Diaminobenzoyl for aniline and so on. In addition, in Examples of Patent Document 1, p-phenylenediamine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine, etc. were used as other diamine components.

又,專利文獻2揭示特徵為使特定之脂環族四羧酸二酐與二胺於作為觸媒之無機鹽類存在下反應之聚醯胺酸之製造方法。並且,於專利文獻2之實施例8,係於作為觸媒之氯化鈣存在下使脂環族四羧酸二酐六環[6.6.1.13,6 .110,13 .02,7 .09,14 ]十七烷基-4,5,11,13-四羧酸二酐與4,4’-二胺基二苯醚反應而合成聚醯胺酸並醯亞胺化,獲得聚醯亞胺。但是在專利文獻2之比較例5,係不添加係觸媒之氯化鈣而使六環[6.6.1.13,6 .110,13 .02,7 .09,14 ]十七烷基-4,5,11,13-四羧酸二酐與4,4’-二胺基二苯醚反應而合成聚醯胺酸,進行醯亞胺化而獲得之聚醯亞胺,獲得之聚醯亞胺的ηinh 低,無法成膜化。Moreover, patent document 2 discloses the manufacturing method of the polyamic acid characterized by making specific alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine react in the presence of the inorganic salts which are catalysts. Also, in Example 8 of Patent Document 2, the cycloaliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride hexacyclo[6.6.1.1 3,6 .1 10,13 .0 2,7 is made in the presence of calcium chloride as a catalyst. .0 9,14 ] Heptadecyl-4,5,11,13-tetracarboxylic dianhydride reacts with 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether to synthesize polyamic acid and imidize it to obtain Polyimide. However, in Comparative Example 5 of Patent Document 2, hexacyclo[6.6.1.1 3,6 .1 10,13 .0 2,7 .0 9,14 ] heptadecane was made without adding calcium chloride as a catalyst. 4,5,11,13-tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether are reacted to synthesize polyamic acid, and the polyimide obtained by imidization is obtained. Polyimide has a low η inh and cannot be formed into a film.

針對半脂環族聚醯亞胺,非專利文獻1揭示由三環癸烯四羧酸二酐(苯與馬來酸酐之加成產物)與二胺基二苯醚獲得之可溶性脂環族聚醯亞胺中之緩和轉移與強度特性之交互關係。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]For semi-alicyclic polyimides, Non-Patent Document 1 discloses a soluble alicyclic polyimide obtained from tricyclodecene tetracarboxylic dianhydride (addition product of benzene and maleic anhydride) and diaminodiphenyl ether. Interaction of relaxation shift and strength properties in imides. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1] 國際公開第2012/124664號 [專利文獻2] 日本特開平5-271409號公報 [非專利文獻][Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2012/124664 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 5-271409 [Non-patent literature]

[非專利文獻1] Izvestiya Akademii Nauk Kazakhskoi SSR, Seriya Khimicheskaya, 1987, No.5, p.40[Non-Patent Document 1] Izvestiya Akademii Nauk Kazakhskoi SSR, Seriya Khimicheskaya, 1987, No.5, p.40

[發明欲解決之課題] 本發明之目的為提供有透明性、彎折耐性、高耐熱性、低線熱膨脹係數等優良的特性之新穎之聚醯亞胺、及其前驅體。又,本發明之目的係提供使用在製造聚醯亞胺之新穎之四羧酸二酐、及其製造方法。 [解決課題之方式][Problem to be solved by the invention] The object of the present invention is to provide novel polyimides and their precursors with excellent properties such as transparency, bending resistance, high heat resistance, and low linear thermal expansion coefficient. Moreover, the object of this invention is to provide the novel tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for manufacturing polyimide, and its manufacturing method. [How to solve the problem]

本發明係關於以下各項。 1. 一種聚醯亞胺前驅體,其特徵為:包括下列化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元中之至少1種,化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上;The present invention relates to the following items. 1. A polyimide precursor is characterized in that: comprise at least 1 in the repeating unit represented by following chemical formula (1-1), the total content of the repeating unit represented by chemical formula (1-1) is relative to all repeating units More than 50 mol%;

[化1]

Figure 02_image019
式中,A11 係下列化學式(A-1)表示之4價基、或下列化學式(A-2)表示之4價基,B11 係下列化學式(B-1)表示之2價基、或下列化學式(B-2)表示之2價基,X1 、X2 各自獨立地為氫、碳數1~6之烷基、或碳數3~9之烷基矽基;[chemical 1]
Figure 02_image019
In the formula, A 11 is a quaternary group represented by the following chemical formula (A-1), or a 4-valent group represented by the following chemical formula (A-2), B 11 is a divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-1), or In the divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-2), X 1 and X 2 are each independently hydrogen, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an alkylsilyl group with 3 to 9 carbons;

[化2]

Figure 02_image021
式中,R1 、R2 、R3 各自獨立地為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-;[Chem 2]
Figure 02_image021
In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH═CH-;

[化3]

Figure 02_image023
式中,R4 為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-;[Chem 3]
Figure 02_image023
In the formula, R 4 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-;

[化4]

Figure 02_image025
式中,n1 表示0~3之整數、n2 表示0~3之整數;Y1 、Y2 、Y3 各自獨立地表示選自於由氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基構成之群組中之1種,Q1 、Q2 各自獨立地表示選自於由直接鍵結、或式:-NHCO-、-CONH-、-COO-、-OCO-表示之基構成之群組中之1種;[chemical 4]
Figure 02_image025
In the formula, n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 3; Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 each independently represent a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. One of the group, Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent one selected from the group consisting of direct bonds, or groups represented by the formula: -NHCO-, -CONH-, -COO-, -OCO- 1 type;

[化5]

Figure 02_image027
式中,Y4 表示氫原子、或碳數1~4之烷基。[chemical 5]
Figure 02_image027
In the formula, Y 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

2. 一種聚醯亞胺前驅體,其特徵為:包括下列化學式(1-2)表示之重複單元中之至少1種;2. A polyimide precursor, characterized in that it includes at least one of the repeating units represented by the following chemical formula (1-2);

[化6]

Figure 02_image029
式中,A12 為下列化學式(A-3)表示之4價基、或下列化學式(A-4)表示之4價基,B12 為具有芳香族環或脂環結構之2價基,X3 、X4 各自獨立地為氫、碳數1~6之烷基、或碳數3~9之烷基矽基;[chemical 6]
Figure 02_image029
In the formula, A 12 is a quaternary group represented by the following chemical formula (A-3) or a 4-valent group represented by the following chemical formula (A-4), B 12 is a divalent group having an aromatic ring or alicyclic structure, X 3. X4 are each independently hydrogen, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an alkylsilyl group with 3 to 9 carbons;

[化7]

Figure 02_image031
式中,R5 、R6 各自獨立地為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-;[chemical 7]
Figure 02_image031
In the formula, R 5 and R 6 are each independently -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH═CH-;

[化8]

Figure 02_image033
式中,R7 為-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-。 3. 如2.之聚醯亞胺前驅體,其中,該化學式(1-2)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上。[chemical 8]
Figure 02_image033
In the formula, R 7 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH═CH-. 3. The polyimide precursor as in 2., wherein the total content of the repeating units represented by the chemical formula (1-2) is 50 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units.

4. 一種聚醯亞胺,其特徵為包括下列化學式(2-1)表示之重複單元中之至少1種,化學式(2-1)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上;4. A polyimide characterized in that at least one of the repeating units represented by the following chemical formula (2-1) is included, and the total content of the repeating units represented by the chemical formula (2-1) is 50 mole relative to all the repeating units More than ear%;

[化9]

Figure 02_image035
式中,A21 為下列化學式(A-1)表示之4價基、或下列化學式(A-2)表示之4價基,B21 為下列化學式(B-1)表示之2價基、或下列化學式(B-2)表示之2價基;[chemical 9]
Figure 02_image035
In the formula, A 21 is a quaternary group represented by the following chemical formula (A-1), or a 4-valent group represented by the following chemical formula (A-2), and B 21 is a divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-1), or A divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-2);

[化10]

Figure 02_image037
式中,R1 、R2 、R3 各自獨立地為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-;[chemical 10]
Figure 02_image037
In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH═CH-;

[化11]

Figure 02_image039
式中,R4 為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-;[chemical 11]
Figure 02_image039
In the formula, R 4 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-;

[化12]

Figure 02_image041
式中,n1 表示0~3之整數,n2 表示0~3之整數;Y1 、Y2 、Y3 各自獨立地表示選自於由氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基構成之群組中之1種,Q1 、Q2 各自獨立地表示選自於由直接鍵結、或式:-NHCO-、-CONH-、-COO-、-OCO-表示之基構成之群組中之1種;[chemical 12]
Figure 02_image041
In the formula, n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 3; Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 each independently represent a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. One of the group, Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent one selected from the group consisting of direct bonds, or groups represented by the formula: -NHCO-, -CONH-, -COO-, -OCO- 1 type;

[化13]

Figure 02_image043
式中,Y4 表示氫原子、或碳數1~4之烷基。[chemical 13]
Figure 02_image043
In the formula, Y 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

5. 一種聚醯亞胺,其特徵為:包括下列化學式(2-2)表示之重複單元中之至少1種;5. A polyimide, characterized by: comprising at least one of the repeating units represented by the following chemical formula (2-2);

[化14]

Figure 02_image045
式中,A22 為下列化學式(A-3)表示之4價基、或下列化學式(A-4)表示之4價基,B22 為具有芳香族環或脂環結構之2價基;[chemical 14]
Figure 02_image045
In the formula, A 22 is a quaternary group represented by the following chemical formula (A-3), or a 4-valent group represented by the following chemical formula (A-4), and B 22 is a divalent group having an aromatic ring or alicyclic structure;

[化15]

Figure 02_image047
式中,R5 、R6 各自獨立地為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-;[chemical 15]
Figure 02_image047
In the formula, R 5 and R 6 are each independently -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH═CH-;

[化16]

Figure 02_image049
式中,R7 為-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-。 6. 如5.之聚醯亞胺,其中,該化學式(2-2)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上。[chemical 16]
Figure 02_image049
In the formula, R 7 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH═CH-. 6. The polyimide according to 5., wherein the total content of the repeating units represented by the chemical formula (2-2) is 50 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units.

7. 一種聚醯亞胺,係由如1.至3.中任一項之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得。 8. 一種膜,係由如1.至3.中任一項之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺、或如4.至6.中任一項之聚醯亞胺為主而成。 9. 一種清漆,包括如1.至3.中任一項之聚醯亞胺前驅體、或如4.至6.中任一項之聚醯亞胺。 10. 一種聚醯亞胺膜,係使用含有如1.至3.中任一項之聚醯亞胺前驅體、或如4.至6.中任一項之聚醯亞胺之清漆獲得。 11. 一種顯示器用、觸控面板用、或太陽能電池用之基板,其特徵為:含有由如1.至3.中任一項之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺、或如4.至6.中任一項之聚醯亞胺。7. A polyimide obtained by the polyimide precursor as in any one of 1. to 3. 8. A film made of polyimide obtained from a polyimide precursor as in any one of 1. to 3., or a polyimide as in any one of 4. to 6. become. 9. A varnish, comprising the polyimide precursor as in any one of 1. to 3., or the polyimide as in any one of 4. to 6. 10. A polyimide film obtained by using a varnish containing the polyimide precursor according to any one of 1. to 3. or the polyimide according to any one of 4. to 6. 11. A substrate for a display, a touch panel, or a solar cell, characterized by: containing polyimide obtained from a polyimide precursor as in any one of 1. to 3., or such as 4. The polyimide according to any one of 6.

12. 一種下列化學式(M-1)表示之四羧酸二酐;12. A tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-1);

[化17]

Figure 02_image051
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’各自獨立地為-CH2 -、或-CH2 CH2 -。 13. 一種下列化學式(M-2)表示之四酯化合物;[chemical 17]
Figure 02_image051
In the formula, R 5 ′ and R 6 ′ are each independently —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 —. 13. A tetraester compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-2);

[化18]

Figure 02_image053
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’各自獨立地為-CH2 -、或-CH2 CH2 -,R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基。 14. 一種下列化學式(M-3)表示之四酯化合物;[chemical 18]
Figure 02_image053
In the formula, R 5 ' and R 6 ' are each independently -CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 -, R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons . 14. A tetraester compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-3);

[化19]

Figure 02_image055
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’各自獨立地為-CH2 -、或-CH2 CH2 -,R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基。[chemical 19]
Figure 02_image055
In the formula, R 5 ' and R 6 ' are each independently -CH 2 - or -CH 2 CH 2 -, R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons .

15. 一種四羧酸二酐之製造方法,其特徵為包括以下步驟: (A)於鹼存在下,使下列化學式(M-A-1)表示之烯烴化合物與脂肪族磺醯氯或芳香族磺醯氯反應而獲得下列化學式(M-A-2)表示之烯烴化合物;15. A method for producing tetracarboxylic dianhydride, characterized by comprising the following steps: (A) In the presence of a base, the alkene compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-A-1) is reacted with aliphatic sulfonyl chloride or aromatic sulfonyl chloride to obtain an alkene compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-A-2);

[化20]

Figure 02_image057
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’各自獨立地為-CH2 -、或-CH2 CH2 -;[chemical 20]
Figure 02_image057
In the formula, R 5 ' and R 6 ' are each independently -CH 2 -, or -CH 2 CH 2 -;

[化21]

Figure 02_image059
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’之含意同前述,R為也可以有取代基之烷基或芳基; (B)使該化學式(M-A-2)表示之烯烴化合物於鈀觸媒與銅化合物存在下和醇化合物與一氧化碳反應,而獲得下列化學式(M-A-3)表示之四酯化合物;[chem 21]
Figure 02_image059
In the formula, the meanings of R 5 ' and R 6 ' are the same as those mentioned above, and R is an alkyl or aryl group that may also have a substituent; In the presence of the compound, react with the alcohol compound and carbon monoxide to obtain the tetraester compound represented by the following chemical formula (MA-3);

[化22]

Figure 02_image061
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’、R之含意同前述,R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基; (C)從該化學式(M-A-3)表示之四酯化合物獲得下列化學式(M-3)表示之四酯化合物;[chem 22]
Figure 02_image061
In the formula, R 5 ′, R 6 ′, and R have the same meanings as above, and R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; (C) from the chemical formula (MA- 3) the tetraester compound represented obtains the tetraester compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-3);

[化23]

Figure 02_image063
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’、R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 之含意同前述; (D)由該化學式(M-3)表示之四酯化合物之氧化反應獲得下列化學式(M-2)表示之四酯化合物;[chem 23]
Figure 02_image063
In the formula, R 5 ', R 6 ', R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 have the same meaning as above; (D) the oxidation reaction of the tetraester compound represented by the chemical formula (M-3) obtains the following chemical formula ( Tetraester compounds represented by M-2);

[化24]

Figure 02_image065
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’、R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 之含意同前述; (E)使該化學式(M-2)表示之四酯化合物於酸觸媒存在下於有機溶劑中反應,獲得下列化學式(M-1)表示之四羧酸二酐;[chem 24]
Figure 02_image065
In the formula, R 5 ', R 6 ', R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 have the same meaning as above; (E) make the tetraester compound represented by the chemical formula (M-2) in the presence of an acid catalyst React in organic solvent, obtain the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by following chemical formula (M-1);

[化25]

Figure 02_image067
式中,R5 ’、R6 ’之含意同前述。[chem 25]
Figure 02_image067
In the formula, the meanings of R 5 ' and R 6 ' are the same as above.

16. 一種下列化學式(M-4)表示之四羧酸二酐;16. A tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-4);

[化26]

Figure 02_image069
式中,R7 為-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-。 17. 一種下列化學式(M-5)表示之四酯化合物;[chem 26]
Figure 02_image069
In the formula, R 7 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH═CH-. 17. A tetraester compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-5);

[化27]

Figure 02_image071
式中,R7 為-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-,R21 、R22 、R23 、R24 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基。 18. 一種下列化學式(M-6)表示之二鹵代二羧酸酐;[chem 27]
Figure 02_image071
In the formula, R 7 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-, and R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons. 18. A dihalogenated dicarboxylic anhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-6);

[化28]

Figure 02_image073
式中,X11 、X12 各自獨立地表示-F、-Cl、-Br、或-I中之任一者。 19. 一種下列化學式(M-7)表示之二羧酸酐;[chem 28]
Figure 02_image073
In the formula, X 11 and X 12 each independently represent any one of -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I. 19. A dicarboxylic anhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-7);

[化29]

Figure 02_image075
[chem 29]
Figure 02_image075

20. 一種四羧酸二酐之製造方法,其特徵為包括以下步驟: (A)使下列化學式(M-B)表示之二羧酸酐與1,3-丁二烯反應而獲得下列化學式(M-7)表示之二羧酸酐;20. A method for producing tetracarboxylic dianhydride, characterized by comprising the following steps: (A) react the dicarboxylic acid anhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-B) with 1,3-butadiene to obtain the dicarboxylic anhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-7);

[化30]

Figure 02_image077
[chem 30]
Figure 02_image077

[化31]

Figure 02_image079
(B)使該化學式(M-7)表示之二羧酸酐與二鹵化劑反應,而獲得下列化學式(M-6)表示之二鹵代二羧酸酐;[chem 31]
Figure 02_image079
(B) react the dicarboxylic anhydride represented by the chemical formula (M-7) with a dihalogenating agent to obtain the dihalogenated dicarboxylic anhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-6);

[化32]

Figure 02_image081
式中,X11 、X12 各自獨立地表示-F、-Cl、-Br、或-I中之任一者; (C)使該化學式(M-6)表示之二鹵代二羧酸酐與馬來酸酐反應,而獲得下列化學式(M-4-1)表示之四羧酸二酐;[chem 32]
Figure 02_image081
In the formula, X 11 and X 12 each independently represent any one of -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I; (C) make the dihalogenated dicarboxylic anhydride represented by the chemical formula (M-6) and Maleic anhydride reaction, and obtain the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by following chemical formula (M-4-1);

[化33]

Figure 02_image083
(D)使該化學式(M-4-1)表示之四羧酸二酐於酸存在下與醇化合物反應而獲得下列化學式(M-5-1)表示之四酯化合物;[chem 33]
Figure 02_image083
(D) reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the chemical formula (M-4-1) with an alcohol compound in the presence of an acid to obtain a tetraester compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-5-1);

[化34]

Figure 02_image085
式中,R21 、R22 、R23 、R24 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基; (E)使該化學式(M-5-1)表示之四酯化合物於金屬觸媒存在下與氫反應而獲得下列化學式(M-5-2)表示之四酯化合物;[chem 34]
Figure 02_image085
In the formula, R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; (E) making the tetraester compound represented by the chemical formula (M-5-1) exist in a metal catalyst Reaction with hydrogen to obtain the tetraester compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-5-2);

[化35]

Figure 02_image087
式中,R21 、R22 、R23 、R24 之含意同前述; (F)使該化學式(M-5-2)表示之四酯化合物於酸觸媒存在下於有機溶劑中反應,獲得下列化學式(M-4-2)表示之四羧酸二酐;[chem 35]
Figure 02_image087
In the formula, R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 have the same meanings as above; (F) react the tetraester compound represented by the chemical formula (M-5-2) in an organic solvent in the presence of an acid catalyst to obtain Tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-4-2);

[化36]

Figure 02_image089
。[chem 36]
Figure 02_image089
.

21. 一種四羧酸二酐之製造方法,其特徵為包括以下步驟: (A)使下列化學式(M-C-1)表示之二烯化合物與下列化學式(M-C-2)表示之乙炔化合物反應而獲得下列化學式(M-C-3)表示之二酯化合物;21. A method for producing tetracarboxylic dianhydride, characterized by comprising the following steps: (A) react a diene compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-C-1) with an acetylene compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-C-2) to obtain a diester compound represented by the following chemical formula (M-C-3);

[化37]

Figure 02_image091
式中,R4 為-CH2 -、-CH2 CH2 -、或-CH=CH-;[chem 37]
Figure 02_image091
In the formula, R 4 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-;

[化38]

Figure 02_image093
式中,R31 、R32 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、或苯基;[chem 38]
Figure 02_image093
In the formula, R 31 and R 32 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, or a phenyl group;

[化39]

Figure 02_image095
式中,R4 、R31 、R32 之含意同前述; (B)利用該化學式(M-C-3)表示之二酯化合物之氧化反應,獲得下列化學式(M-C-4)表示之二酯化合物;[chem 39]
Figure 02_image095
In the formula, the meanings of R 4 , R 31 , and R 32 are the same as above; (B) use the oxidation reaction of the diester compound represented by the chemical formula (MC-3) to obtain the diester compound represented by the following chemical formula (MC-4);

[化40]

Figure 02_image097
式中,R4 、R31 、R32 之含意同前述; (C)使該化學式(M-C-4)表示之二酯化合物於鈀觸媒及銅化合物存在下和醇化合物與一氧化碳反應而獲得下列化學式(M-C-5)表示之四酯化合物;[chemical 40]
Figure 02_image097
In the formula, R 4 , R 31 , R 32 have the same meaning as above; (C) make the diester compound represented by the chemical formula (MC-4) react with alcohol compound and carbon monoxide in the presence of palladium catalyst and copper compound to obtain the following Tetraester compounds represented by chemical formula (MC-5);

[化41]

Figure 02_image099
式中,R4 、R31 、R32 之含意同前述,R33 、R34 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基; (D)使該化學式(M-C-5)表示之四酯化合物於酸觸媒存在下於有機溶劑中反應,獲得下列化學式(M-9)表示之四羧酸二酐;[chem 41]
Figure 02_image099
In the formula, the meanings of R 4 , R 31 , and R 32 are the same as above, and R 33 and R 34 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; (D) the tetraester compound represented by the chemical formula (MC-5) React in an organic solvent in the presence of an acid catalyst to obtain tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-9);

[化42]

Figure 02_image101
式中,R4 之含意同前述。 [發明之效果][chem 42]
Figure 02_image101
In the formula, R 4 has the same meaning as above. [Effect of Invention]

依本發明可提供有透明性、彎折耐性、高耐熱性、低線熱膨脹係數等優良的特性之新穎之聚醯亞胺、及其前驅體、及製造它們時使用的新穎之四羧酸二酐、及其製造方法。According to the present invention, novel polyimides having excellent properties such as transparency, bending resistance, high heat resistance, and low linear thermal expansion coefficient, and their precursors, and novel tetracarboxylic dicarboxylic acids used in their manufacture can be provided. Anhydrides, and methods for their manufacture.

此由本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺、及本發明之聚醯亞胺,容易形成微細電路,適合使用在形成顯示器用途等的基板。又,由本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺、及本發明之聚醯亞胺,適合使用在觸控面板用、太陽能電池用之基板。The polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimide of the present invention are easy to form fine circuits, and are suitable for use in forming substrates for displays and the like. Also, the polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimide of the present invention are suitably used as substrates for touch panels and solar cells.

本發明之第1態樣之聚醯亞胺前驅體(以下也稱為「聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)」),係包括前述化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元中之至少1種,且此化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上之聚醯亞胺前驅體。惟前述化學式(1-1),表示來自四羧酸成分之4價基A11 之4個原子鍵結中有1個鍵結於-CONH-,1個鍵結於-CONH-B11 -,1個鍵結於-COOX1 ,1個鍵結於-COOX2 ,且前述化學式(1-1)包括其結構異構物的全部。The polyimide precursor of the first aspect of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "polyimide precursor (1-1)") includes at least one of the repeating units represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) One type of polyimide precursor in which the total content of repeating units represented by the chemical formula (1-1) is 50 mol% or more relative to all repeating units. However, the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) shows that among the 4 atoms bonded from the tetravalent group A 11 of the tetracarboxylic acid component, 1 is bonded to -CONH-, and 1 is bonded to -CONH-B 11 -, One is bonded to -COOX 1 , and one is bonded to -COOX 2 , and the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) includes all structural isomers thereof.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1),宜為前述化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元1種以上在全部重複單元中合計佔50莫耳%以上,更佳為60莫耳%以上,又更佳為70莫耳%以上,尤佳為80莫耳%以上。The polyimide precursor (1-1) of the present invention is preferably one or more repeating units represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1), accounting for more than 50 mol% of all repeating units, more preferably 60 mol% % or more, more preferably more than 70 mol%, and especially preferably more than 80 mol%.

又,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)也可含有A11 及/或B11 不同的前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元2種以上。又,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1),也可含有A11 係前述化學式(A-1)表示之4價基的前述化學式(1-1)的重複單元中的1種或2種以上與A11 係前述化學式(A-2)表示之4價基的前述化學式(1-1)的重複單元中的1種或2種以上。Moreover, the polyimide precursor (1-1) of this invention may contain 2 or more types of repeating units of the said chemical formula (1-1) which differ in A11 and/or B11 . Also, the polyimide precursor ( 1-1 ) of the present invention may also contain one of the repeating units of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) in which A is a tetravalent group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1) Or two or more of the repeating units of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) in which A 11 is a tetravalent group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2).

換言之,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1),係由包括給予前述化學式(A-1)之結構之四羧酸成分及/或給予前述化學式(A-2)之結構之四羧酸成分之四羧酸成分,與包括給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分及/或給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分之二胺成分獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅體。In other words, the polyimide precursor (1-1) of the present invention is composed of a tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1) and/or a tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2). Tetracarboxylic acid component of the carboxylic acid component, polyamide obtained from a diamine component including a diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and/or a diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) Imine precursors.

給予前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元之四羧酸成分,係給予前述化學式(A-1)之結構之四羧酸成分、及給予前述化學式(A-2)之結構之四羧酸成分。給予前述化學式(A-1)之結構之四羧酸成分,例如:十四氫-1H,3H-4,12:5,11:6,10-三甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-4,12-乙橋-5,11:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-4,12:5,11-二乙橋-6,10-甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-4,12:5,11:6,10-三甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-5,11-乙橋-4,12:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-4,12-乙烯橋-5,11:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-4,12:5,11-二乙烯橋-6,10-甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-4,12:5,11:6,10-三乙烯橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、十四氫-1H,3H-5,11-乙烯橋-4,12:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、及對應之四羧酸、四羧酸二酐以外之四羧酸衍生物等,給予前述化學式(A-2)之結構之四羧酸成分,例如:3a,4,10,10a-四氫-1H,3H-4,10-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮、3a,4,10,10a-四氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮、3a,4,10,10a-四氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙烯橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮、及對應之四羧酸、四羧酸二酐以外之四羧酸衍生物等。該等四羧酸成分(四羧酸類等)可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。在此,四羧酸類等,代表四羧酸、四羧酸二酐、四羧酸矽酯、四羧酸酯、四羧醯氯等四羧酸衍生物。The tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) is the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1), and the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2) . Give the tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1), for example: tetradetrahydro-1H, 3H-4, 12: 5, 11: 6, 10-trimethyl bridge anthracene [2,3-c: 6 ,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone, Tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,12-Ethyro-5,11: 6,10-Dimethylbridged anthracene[2 ,3-c: 6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone, Tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,12: 5,11-diethyl bridge-6,10- A bridge anthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone, tetradetrahydro-1H,3H-4,12:5,11:6, 10-Trimethylpoanthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone, Tetradecylhydro-1H,3H-5,11-Ethyro-4 ,12: 6,10-dimethyl bridge anthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone, tetradetrahydro-1H,3H-4, 12-vinyl bridge-5,11: 6,10-dimethyl bridge anthracene [2,3-c: 6,7-c'] difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone, tetradetrahydro- 1H,3H-4,12: 5,11-divinyl bridge-6,10-methano-anthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetra Ketone, tetradetrahydro-1H,3H-4,12:5,11:6,10-trivinyl bridge anthraceno[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7, 9-tetraketone, tetradetrahydro-1H,3H-5,11-vinyl bridge-4,12:6,10-dimethylanthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran- 1,3,7,9-tetraketone, and the corresponding tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid derivatives other than tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc., give the tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2), for example: 3a,4,10,10a-tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,10-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraone , 3a,4,10,10a-tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,10-ethonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetra Ketone, 3a,4,10,10a-tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,10-vinylapeno[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8- Tetraketone, and the corresponding tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid derivatives other than tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc. These tetracarboxylic acid components (tetracarboxylic acids etc.) may be used individually by 1 type and may use it in combination of several types. Here, tetracarboxylic acids and the like represent tetracarboxylic acid derivatives such as tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic silicon ester, tetracarboxylic acid ester, and tetracarboxylic acid chloride.

給予前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元之二胺成分,係給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分、及給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分。The diamine component imparting the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) is the diamine component imparting the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and the diamine component imparting the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2).

給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分,於具有芳香環且有多個芳香環時,芳香環彼此各自獨立地直接鍵結、以醯胺鍵、或酯鍵連結。芳香環彼此之連結位置不特別限定,宜相對於胺基或芳香環彼此之連結基以4位鍵結較佳。亦即,前述化學式(B-1)表示之基中,芳香環彼此之連結位置不特別限定,相對於A11 所鍵結之醯胺基(-CONH-)或芳香環彼此之連結基,以4位鍵結較佳。藉由以此方式鍵結,獲得之聚醯亞胺成為直線結構,會有線熱膨脹變低的情形。給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分有1個芳香環時,宜有對伸苯基結構較佳。亦即,前述化學式(B-1)表示之基有1個芳香環時(n1 及n2 為0時),前述化學式(B-1)表示之基為也可以有取代基(Y1 )之對伸苯基,較佳為無取代之對伸苯基。又,芳香環也可有甲基、三氟甲基取代。又,取代位置無特殊限制。When the diamine component having the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) has an aromatic ring and has a plurality of aromatic rings, the aromatic rings are each independently directly bonded, amide bonded, or ester bonded. The linking position of the aromatic rings is not particularly limited, and it is preferable to link at the 4-position with respect to the amine group or the linking group between the aromatic rings. That is to say, in the group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1), the linking position of the aromatic rings is not particularly limited, with respect to the amide group (-CONH-) to which A11 is bonded or the linking group between the aromatic rings, 4-position bonding is preferred. By bonding in this way, the obtained polyimide becomes a linear structure, and the linear thermal expansion may become low. When the diamine component given the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) has one aromatic ring, it preferably has a p-phenylene structure. That is, when the group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) has one aromatic ring (n 1 and n 2 are 0), the group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) may have a substituent (Y 1 ) The para-phenylene group is preferably an unsubstituted para-phenylene group. In addition, the aromatic ring may be substituted with a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Also, the substitution position is not particularly limited.

給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分,係有脂肪族6員環者,在脂肪族6員環也可經甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等碳數1~4之烷基取代,但考量獲得之聚醯亞胺之耐熱性及線熱膨脹係數,無取代之脂肪族6員環較佳。亦即,前述化學式(B-2)表示之基中,Y4 宜為氫原子較佳。又,取代位置無特殊限制。又,給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分,宜就脂肪族6員環而言具有1,4-環己烷結構較佳。亦即,前述化學式(B-2)表示之基係也可以有取代基(Y4 )之1,4-伸環己基,較佳為無取代之1,4-伸環己基。The diamine component given the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) has an aliphatic 6-membered ring, and the aliphatic 6-membered ring can also be replaced by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl , isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl and other alkyl groups with 1 to 4 carbon atoms are substituted, but considering the heat resistance and linear thermal expansion coefficient of the obtained polyimide, the unsubstituted aliphatic 6-membered ring is relatively good. That is, among the groups represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2), Y 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Also, the substitution position is not particularly limited. In addition, the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) preferably has a 1,4-cyclohexane structure for the aliphatic 6-membered ring. That is, the group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) is a 1,4-cyclohexylene group which may also have a substituent (Y 4 ), preferably an unsubstituted 1,4-cyclohexylene group.

給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分無特殊限定,例如:對苯二胺、間苯二胺、聯苯胺、3,3’-二胺基-聯苯、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、3,3’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、間聯甲苯胺、4,4’-二胺基苯醯替苯胺、3,4’-二胺基苯醯替苯胺、N,N’-雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺、N,N’-對伸苯基雙(對胺基苯甲醯胺)、4-胺基苯氧基-4-二胺基苯甲酸酯、雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲酸酯、聯苯-4,4’-二羧酸雙(4-胺基苯基)酯、對伸苯基雙(對胺基苯甲酸酯)、雙(4-胺基苯基)-[1,1’-聯苯]-4,4’-二羧酸酯、[1,1’-聯苯]-4,4’-二基雙(4-胺基苯甲酸酯)等。給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分可列舉1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-甲基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-乙基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-正丙基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-異丙基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-正丁基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-異丁基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-第二丁基環己烷、1,4-二胺基-2-第三丁基環己烷、1,2-二胺基環己烷等。給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分,考量獲得之聚醯亞胺之熱線膨脹係數低之觀點,宜為1,4-二胺基環己烷更理想。又,上述具1,4-環己烷結構之二胺之1,4位之立體結構不特別限定,宜為反式結構較佳。反式結構的情形,相較於順式結構,有更抑制獲得之聚醯亞胺著色的情形。該等二胺成分可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。The diamine component given the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) is not particularly limited, for example: p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, benzidine, 3,3'-diamino-biphenyl, 2,2'- Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 3,3'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, m-toluidine, 4,4'-diaminobenzoyl aniline, 3,4'-diamine N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalamide, N,N'-p-phenylenebis(p-aminobenzamide), 4-aminobenzamide phenylphenoxy-4-diaminobenzoate, bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalate, biphenyl-4,4'-dicarboxylate bis(4-aminophenyl) ) ester, p-phenylene bis(p-aminobenzoate), bis(4-aminophenyl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-dicarboxylate, [1 ,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diyl bis(4-aminobenzoate) and so on. The diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) includes 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,4-diamino-2-methylcyclohexane, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, -2-Ethylcyclohexane, 1,4-diamino-2-n-propylcyclohexane, 1,4-diamino-2-isopropylcyclohexane, 1,4-diamino -2-n-butylcyclohexane, 1,4-diamino-2-isobutylcyclohexane, 1,4-diamino-2-second butylcyclohexane, 1,4-di Amino-2-tert-butylcyclohexane, 1,2-diaminocyclohexane, etc. Given the diamine component of the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2), 1,4-diaminocyclohexane is more preferable in view of the low thermal expansion coefficient of the obtained polyimide. Also, the stereostructure of the 1,4-position of the above-mentioned diamine having a 1,4-cyclohexane structure is not particularly limited, and it is preferably a trans structure. In the case of the trans structure, compared with the case of the cis structure, coloring of the obtained polyimide may be suppressed more. These diamine components may be used individually by 1 type and may use it in combination of several types.

前述化學式(1-1)中之B11 ,亦即前述化學式(B-1)表示之2價基、及前述化學式(B-2)表示之2價基,宜為下列化學式(B-1-1)~(B-1-6)、(B-2-1)中任一者表示之基較佳。B 11 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1), that is, the divalent group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and the divalent group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2), should be the following chemical formula (B-1- The group represented by any one of 1)~(B-1-6) and (B-2-1) is preferable.

[化43]

Figure 02_image103
[chem 43]
Figure 02_image103

又,給予B11 係前述化學式(B-1-1)或(B-1-2)表示者的前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元的二胺成分,係4,4’-二胺基苯醯替苯胺,給予B11 係前述化學式(B-1-3)表示者的前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元的二胺成分,係雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲酸酯,給予B11 係前述化學式(B-1-4)表示者的前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元的二胺成分,係對苯二胺,給予B11 係前述化學式(B-1-5)表示者的前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元的二胺成分,係2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺,給予B11 係前述化學式(B-1-6)表示者的前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元的二胺成分,係間聯甲苯胺,給予B11 係前述化學式(B-2-1)表示者的前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元的二胺成分,係1,4-二胺基環己烷。Also, giving B11 to the diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1-1) or (B-1-2) is 4,4'-diamine Phenylaniline, giving B 11 the diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1-3), is bis(4-aminophenyl)terephthalylene Ester, giving B 11 is the diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1-4), is p-phenylenediamine, giving B 11 is the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1 -5) The diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) represented by 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, given B 11 is the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1-6) The diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) represented by m-toluidine is given to the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula ( 1-1 ) represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2-1). The diamine component is 1,4-diaminocyclohexane.

前述化學式(1-1)中之B11 中,前述化學式(B-1-1)~(B-1-6)、(B-2-1)中任一者表示之基之比例,合計較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為50莫耳%以上,尤佳為70莫耳%以上。In B11 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1), the ratio of the bases represented by any one of the aforementioned chemical formulas (B-1-1) to (B-1-6), (B-2-1), the total ratio Preferably it is at least 30 mol%, more preferably at least 50 mol%, and most preferably at least 70 mol%.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1),可含有前述化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元以外之其他重複單元。在某實施態樣中,來自前述化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元以外之其他重複單元例如四羧酸成分之4價基,係前述化學式(A-1)表示之4價基或前述化學式(A-2)表示之4價基,且來自二胺成分之2價基有多個芳香環且芳香環彼此以醚鍵(-O-)連結者的重複單元,在全部重複單元中的含量例如:30莫耳%以下、或25莫耳%以下、或20莫耳%以下、或10莫耳%以下較佳。在某實施態樣,取決於要求之特性、用途,來自四羧酸成分之4價基係前述化學式(A-1)表示之4價基或前述化學式(A-2)表示之4價基且來自二胺成分之2價基為具多個芳香環且芳香環彼此以醚鍵(-O-)連結者的重複單元,在全部重複單元中之含量例如:40莫耳%以下,較佳為35莫耳%以下較佳。The polyimide precursor (1-1) of the present invention may contain other repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1). In a certain embodiment, the quaternary group of other repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1), such as a tetracarboxylic acid component, is the quaternary group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1) or the aforementioned chemical formula The content of the repeating unit in which the tetravalent group represented by (A-2) and the divalent group derived from the diamine component has a plurality of aromatic rings and the aromatic rings are linked to each other by ether bonds (-O-), in all repeating units For example: less than 30 mol%, or less than 25 mol%, or less than 20 mol%, or less than 10 mol%. In a certain embodiment, depending on the required properties and uses, the quaternary group derived from the tetracarboxylic acid component is the quaternary group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1) or the quaternary group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2) and The divalent group derived from the diamine component is a repeating unit that has multiple aromatic rings and the aromatic rings are linked to each other by ether bonds (-O-). The content in all repeating units is, for example: 40 mole % or less, preferably It is better below 35 mol%.

給予其他重複單元之四羧酸成分,可使用芳香族或脂肪族四羧酸類。雖無特殊限制,例如:2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷、4-(2,5-二側氧基四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四氫萘-1,2-二羧酸、苯均四酸、3,3’,4,4’-二苯酮四羧酸、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸、4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸二無水物、間聯三苯-3,4,3’,4’-四羧酸二酐、對聯三苯-3,4,3’,4’-四羧酸二酐、雙羧基苯基二甲基矽烷、雙二羧基苯氧基二苯基硫醚、磺醯基二鄰苯二甲酸、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸、異亞丙基二苯氧基雙鄰苯二甲酸、環己烷-1,2,4,5-四羧酸、[1,1’-聯(環己烷)]-3,3’,4,4’-四羧酸、[1,1’-聯(環己烷)]-2,3,3’,4’-四羧酸、[1,1’-聯(環己烷)]-2,2’,3,3’-四羧酸、4,4’-亞甲基雙(環己烷-1,2-二羧酸)、4,4’-(丙烷-2,2-二基)雙(環己烷-1,2-二羧酸)、4,4’-氧基雙(環己烷-1,2-二羧酸)、4,4’-硫雙(環己烷-1,2-二羧酸)、4,4’-磺醯基雙(環己烷-1,2-二羧酸)、4,4’-(二甲基矽烷二基)雙(環己烷-1,2-二羧酸)、4,4’-(四氟丙烷-2,2-二基)雙(環己烷-1,2-二羧酸)、八氫戊搭烯-1,3,4,6-四羧酸、雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、6-(羧基甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,5-三羧酸、雙環[2.2.2]辛烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、雙環[2.2.2]辛-5-烯-2,3,7,8-四羧酸、三環[4.2.2.02,5]癸烷-3,4,7,8-四羧酸、三環[4.2.2.02,5]癸-7-烯-3,4,9,10-四羧酸、9-氧雜三環[4.2.1.02,5]壬烷-3,4,7,8-四羧酸、十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸、降莰烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α’-螺-2’’-降莰烷-5,5’’,6,6’’-四羧酸等衍生物、該等之酸二酐。該等四羧酸成分(四羧酸類等)可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。該等之中,雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、雙環[2.2.2]辛烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸、十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸、降莰烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α’-螺-2’’-降莰烷-5,5’’,6,6’’-四羧酸等衍生物、該等之酸二酐較佳。As the tetracarboxylic acid component imparting other repeating units, aromatic or aliphatic tetracarboxylic acids can be used. Although not particularly limited, for example: 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, 4-(2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-1,2,3, 4-tetrahydronaphthalene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, pyromellitic acid, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid Acid, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)diphenyl anhydrate, intermediate three Benzene-3,4,3',4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, p-terphenyl-3,4,3',4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, biscarboxyphenyldimethylsilane, bisdicarboxy Phenoxydiphenyl sulfide, sulfonyl diphthalic acid, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic acid, isopropylidene diphenoxy diphthalic acid, cyclohexane -1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylic acid, [1,1'-bi(cyclohexane)]-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic acid, [1,1'-bi(cyclohexane) Hexane)]-2,3,3',4'-tetracarboxylic acid, [1,1'-bi(cyclohexane)]-2,2',3,3'-tetracarboxylic acid, 4,4 '-Methylenebis(cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid), 4,4'-(propane-2,2-diyl)bis(cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid), 4,4'-Oxybis(cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid), 4,4'-thiobis(cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid), 4,4'-sulfonyl Bis(cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid), 4,4'-(dimethylsilanediyl)bis(cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid), 4,4'-( Tetrafluoropropane-2,2-diyl)bis(cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid), octahydropentalene-1,3,4,6-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.1] Heptane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, 6-(carboxymethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane- 2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-ene-2,3,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid, tricyclo[4.2.2.02,5]decane-3, 4,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid, tricyclo[4.2.2.02,5]dec-7-ene-3,4,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid, 9-oxatricyclo[4.2.1.02,5] Nonane-3,4,7,8-tetracarboxylic acid, decahydro-1,4:5,8-dimethylonaphthalene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid, norbornane-2-spiro -α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic acid and other derivatives, and their acid dianhydrides. These tetracarboxylic acid components (tetracarboxylic acids etc.) may be used individually by 1 type and may use it in combination of several types. Among them, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid, decahydro- 1,4: 5,8-Norbornane-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane Derivatives such as alkane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic acid and their dianhydrides are preferred.

又,組合之二胺成分,為給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分及給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分以外之其他二胺時,就給予其他重複單元之四羧酸成分而言,可以使用給予前述化學式(A-1)之結構之四羧酸成分及給予前述化學式(A-2)之結構之四羧酸成分中之1種或2種以上。Also, when the combined diamine component is the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and other diamines other than the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2), other repeating units are given As the tetracarboxylic acid component, one or two or more of the tetracarboxylic acid component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1) and the tetracarboxylic acid component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2) can be used.

就給予其他重複單元之二胺成分而言,可使用其他芳香族或脂肪族二胺類。雖無特殊限定,例如:4,4’-氧基二苯胺、3,4’-氧基二苯胺、3,3’-氧基二苯胺、雙(4-胺基苯基)硫醚、p-亞甲基雙(苯二胺)、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(4-胺基苯基)碸、3,3-雙((胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)二苯基)碸、雙(4-(3-胺基苯氧基)二苯基)碸、八氟聯苯胺、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二氯-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二氟-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)聯苯等、該等之衍生物。該等二胺成分可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。As the diamine component imparting other repeating units, other aromatic or aliphatic diamines can be used. Although not particularly limited, for example: 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine, 3,4'-oxydiphenylamine, 3,3'-oxydiphenylamine, bis(4-aminophenyl)sulfide, p -Methylenebis(phenylenediamine), 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4 -aminophenoxy)benzene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, Bis(4-aminophenyl)phenyl, 3,3-bis((aminophenoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, Bis(4-(4-aminophenoxy)diphenyl)pyridine, bis(4-(3-aminophenoxy)diphenyl)pyridine, octafluorobenzidine, 3,3'-dimethyl Oxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dichloro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-difluoro-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl Benzene, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) fluorine, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(3-aminophenoxy) Biphenyl, etc., and their derivatives. These diamine components may be used individually by 1 type and may use it in combination of several types.

又,組合之四羧酸成分為給予前述化學式(A-1)之結構之四羧酸成分及給予前述化學式(A-2)之結構之四羧酸成分以外之其他四羧酸類等時,就給予其他重複單元之二胺成分而言,也可使用給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分及給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分中之1種或2種以上。Also, when the combined tetracarboxylic acid component is a tetracarboxylic acid component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1) and other tetracarboxylic acids other than the tetracarboxylic acid component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2), the For the diamine component giving other repeating units, one or both of the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) can also be used above.

在某實施態樣,例如:4,4’-氧基二苯胺、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯等有多個芳香環且芳香環彼此以醚鍵(-O-)連結之二胺成分,在二胺成分100莫耳%中之含量宜為例如:30莫耳%以下、或25莫耳%以下、或20莫耳%以下、或10莫耳%以下較佳。又,在某實施態樣,取決於要求特性、用途,有多個芳香環且芳香環彼此以醚鍵(-O-)連結之二胺成分,在二胺成分100莫耳%中之使用量宜為例如:40莫耳%以下,較佳為35莫耳%以下較佳。In a certain embodiment, for example: 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, etc. have multiple aromatic rings, and the aromatic rings are bonded to each other through ether bonds (- The content of the diamine component linked by O-) in 100 mol% of the diamine component is preferably, for example, 30 mol% or less, or 25 mol% or less, or 20 mol% or less, or 10 mol% or less better. Also, in a certain embodiment, depending on the required characteristics and applications, the usage amount of diamine components having multiple aromatic rings and the aromatic rings are linked by ether bonds (-O-) in 100 mol% of diamine components For example, it is preferably less than 40 mol%, preferably less than 35 mol%.

本發明之第2態樣之聚醯亞胺前驅體(以下也稱為「聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)」),係含有前述化學式(1-2)表示之重複單元中之至少1種之聚醯亞胺前驅體。惟前述化學式(1-2),代表來自四羧酸成分之4價基A12 之4個原子鍵結當中,1個鍵結於-CONH-,1個鍵結於-CONH-B12 -,1個鍵結於-COOX3 ,1個鍵結於-COOX4 ,且前述化學式(1-2)包括其結構異構物的全部。The polyimide precursor of the second aspect of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "polyimide precursor (1-2)") contains at least one of the repeating units represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) 1 kind of polyimide precursor. However, the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) represents that among the 4 atoms bonded from the tetravalent group A 12 of the tetracarboxylic acid component, one is bonded to -CONH-, and one is bonded to -CONH-B 12 -, One is bonded to -COOX 3 , and one is bonded to -COOX 4 , and the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) includes all structural isomers thereof.

化學式(1-2)表示之重複單元之合計含量不特別限定,相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上較佳。亦即,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2),係前述化學式(1-2)表示之重複單元1種以上的含量在全部重複單元中合計為50莫耳%以上較佳,更佳為60莫耳%以上,更佳為70莫耳%以上,更佳為80莫耳%以上,尤佳為90莫耳%以上。The total content of the repeating units represented by the chemical formula (1-2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 50 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units. That is to say, in the polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention, the content of one or more repeating units represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) is preferably 50 mol% or more in total in all repeating units, More preferably, it is at least 60 mol%, more preferably at least 70 mol%, even more preferably at least 80 mol%, and most preferably at least 90 mol%.

又,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2),也可含有A12 及/或B12 不同的前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元2種以上。又,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2),也可含有A12 係前述化學式(A-3)表示之4價基的前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元1種或2種以上與A12 係前述化學式(A-4)表示之4價基的前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元。Also, the polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention may contain two or more repeating units of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) having different A12 and/or B12 . Also, the polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention can also contain A 12 is the repeating unit 1 or 2 of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) of the quaternary group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (A-3). The above and A 12 are repeating units of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) of the tetravalent group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (A-4).

換言之,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2),係由含有給予前述化學式(A-3)之結構之四羧酸成分及/或給予前述化學式(A-4)之結構之四羧酸成分之四羧酸成分,及含有具芳香族環或脂環結構之二胺成分(亦即,芳香族二胺或脂環族二胺)之二胺成分獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅體。In other words, the polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention is composed of a tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-3) and/or a tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-4). Polyimide precursor obtained from a tetracarboxylic acid component of a carboxylic acid component, and a diamine component containing a diamine component having an aromatic ring or alicyclic structure (that is, an aromatic diamine or an alicyclic diamine) .

給予前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元之四羧酸成分,係給予前述化學式(A-3)之結構之四羧酸成分、及給予前述化學式(A-4)之結構之四羧酸成分。給予前述化學式(A-3)之結構之四羧酸成分,例如:3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12-乙橋-6,10-甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-二乙橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12-乙烯橋-6,10-甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-二乙烯橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮、及對應之四羧酸、四羧酸二酐以外之四羧酸衍生物等,給予前述化學式(A-4)之結構之四羧酸成分,例如:十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮、及對應之四羧酸、、四羧酸二酐以外之四羧酸衍生物等。該等四羧酸成分(四羧酸類等)可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。在此,四羧酸類等,係指四羧酸、及四羧酸二酐、四羧酸矽酯、四羧酸酯、四羧醯氯等四羧酸衍生物。The tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) is the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-3), and the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-4) . Give the tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-3), for example: 3a, 4, 6, 6a, 9a, 10, 12, 12a-octahydro-1H, 3H-4, 12: 6, 10-di Apoanthrano[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraone, 3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-octahydro -1H,3H-4,12-Etho-6,10-methanoanthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraone, 3a, 4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-Octahydro-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-Diethyloanthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran -1,3,7,9-tetraketone, 3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-octahydro-1H,3H-4,12-vinyl bridge-6,10-methyl bridge anthracene [2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraone, 3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-octahydro-1H,3H -4,12: 6,10-divinyl bridge anthracene [2,3-c: 6,7-c'] difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone, and the corresponding tetracarboxylic acid, tetra Tetracarboxylic acid derivatives other than carboxylic acid dianhydride, etc., giving the tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-4), for example: decahydro-1H,3H-4,10-ethano-5,9-methanol Naphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraketone, and the corresponding tetracarboxylic acid, derivatives of tetracarboxylic acid other than tetracarboxylic dianhydride things etc. These tetracarboxylic acid components (tetracarboxylic acids etc.) may be used individually by 1 type and may use it in combination of several types. Here, tetracarboxylic acids and the like refer to tetracarboxylic acid derivatives such as tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetracarboxylic silicon ester, tetracarboxylic acid ester, and tetracarboxylic acid chloride.

前述化學式(1-2)中之B12 ,為具有芳香族環或脂環結構之2價基,考量獲得之聚醯亞胺之耐熱性之觀點,宜為具有芳香族環之2價基較佳。化學式(1-2)中之B12 亦即二胺成分不特別限定,可因應要求之特性、用途適當選擇。B 12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) is a divalent group having an aromatic ring or an alicyclic structure. Considering the heat resistance of the obtained polyimide, it is preferable to use a divalent group having an aromatic ring rather than a divalent group having an aromatic ring. good. B 12 in the chemical formula (1-2), that is, the diamine component is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the required properties and uses.

給予前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元之二胺成分,例如就給予前述聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)之前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分及給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分列舉者,再者,可列舉和就給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分及給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分以外之其他重複單元之二胺成分列舉者,皆可理想地使用。聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)中,該等二胺成分可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。Give the diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2), for example, give the diamine component of the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) of the aforementioned polyimide precursor (1-1) and give the aforementioned chemical formula ( The diamine component of the structure of B-2) is listed, and furthermore, it can be listed in addition to the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) Those listed as diamine components of other repeating units can be ideally used. In the polyimide precursor (1-2), these diamine components may be used alone or in combination.

前述化學式(1-2)中之B12 宜為有碳數6~40之芳香族環之2價基較理想,前述聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)例示之前述化學式(B-1)表示之基更理想。又,前述聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)例示之前述化學式(B-2)表示之基亦為理想。前述化學式(1-2)中之B12 宜為前述化學式(B-1-1)~(B-1-6)、(B-2-1)中任一者表示之基尤佳。 B12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) is preferably a divalent group having an aromatic ring with carbon numbers of 6 to 40, and the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) exemplified by the aforementioned polyimide precursor (1-1) ) represents a more ideal base. Moreover, the group represented by the said chemical formula (B-2) exemplified by the said polyimide precursor (1-1) is also preferable. B 12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) is preferably a group represented by any one of the aforementioned chemical formulas (B-1-1) to (B-1-6) and (B-2-1).

前述化學式(1-2)中之B12 宜為有多數芳香環且芳香環彼此之一部分或全部以醚鍵(-O-)連結之2價基,下列化學式(B-3-1)~(B-3-4)中任一者表示之基特別理想。 B12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) should be a divalent group with a plurality of aromatic rings and one or all of the aromatic rings linked with ether bonds (-O-), the following chemical formula (B-3-1)~( The group represented by any one of B-3-4) is particularly desirable.

[化44]

Figure 02_image105
[chem 44]
Figure 02_image105

又,給予B12 係前述化學式(B-3-1)表示者的前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元的二胺成分,係4,4’-氧基二苯胺,給予B12 係前述化學式(B-3-2)表示者的前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元的二胺成分,係1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯,給予B12 係前述化學式(B-3-3)表示者的前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元的二胺成分,係1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯,給予B12 係前述化學式(B-3-4)表示者的前述化學式(1-2)之重複單元的二胺成分,係4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯。Also, giving B 12 the diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-3-1) is 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine, and giving B 12 the aforementioned chemical formula The diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) represented by (B-3-2) is 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, giving B 12 is the aforementioned chemical formula (B -3-3) The diamine component of the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) represented by the person is 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, and B 12 is the aforementioned chemical formula (B-3) -4) The diamine component of the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) is 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl.

如前述,化學式(1-2)中之B12 亦即二胺成分,可因應要求之特性、用途適當選擇。在某實施態樣,前述化學式(1-2)中之B12 中,前述化學式(B-1)表示之基及/或前述化學式(B-2)表示之基,更佳為前述化學式(B-1-1)~(B-1-6)、(B-2-1)中任一者表示之基之比例,合計宜為例如:50莫耳%以上,更佳為60莫耳%以上,更佳為65莫耳%以上,更佳為70莫耳%以上、或75莫耳%以上較佳。在某實施態樣,前述化學式(1-2)中之B12 中,具有多數芳香環且芳香環彼此之一部分或全部以醚鍵(-O-)連結之2價基,更佳為前述化學式(B-3-1)~(B-3-4)中任一者表示之基之比例,合計為例如:30莫耳%以上,更佳為50莫耳%以上。在某實施態樣,前述化學式(1-2)中之B12 中,前述化學式(B-1)表示之基及/或前述化學式(B-2)表示之基之比例,合計為60莫耳%以上,較佳為65莫耳%以上、或70莫耳%以上、或75莫耳%以上,前述化學式(B-3-1)~(B-3-4)中任一者表示之基之比例,合計為40莫耳%以下,較佳為35莫耳%以下、或30莫耳%以下、或25莫耳%以下較佳。As mentioned above, B 12 in the chemical formula (1-2), that is, the diamine component, can be appropriately selected according to the required properties and uses. In a certain embodiment, in B12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2), the group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and/or the group represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) is more preferably the aforementioned chemical formula (B -1-1)~(B-1-6), (B-2-1), the proportion of the base represented by any one, the total should be, for example: more than 50 mole%, more preferably more than 60 mole% , more preferably at least 65 mol%, more preferably at least 70 mol%, or more preferably at least 75 mol%. In a certain embodiment, in B12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2), there are a plurality of aromatic rings and a divalent group in which some or all of the aromatic rings are linked by ether bonds (-O-), more preferably the aforementioned chemical formula The ratio of the bases represented by any one of (B-3-1) to (B-3-4) is, for example, 30 mole % or more, more preferably 50 mole % or more. In a certain embodiment, in B12 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2), the ratio of the base represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and/or the ratio of the base represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) is 60 moles in total % or more, preferably 65 mol% or more, or 70 mol% or more, or 75 mol% or more, the base represented by any one of the aforementioned chemical formulas (B-3-1)~(B-3-4) The ratio of the total is 40 mol % or less, preferably 35 mol % or less, or 30 mol % or less, or 25 mol % or less.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2),可以含有前述化學式(1-2)表示之重複單元以外之其他重複單元。The polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention may contain other repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2).

給予其他重複單元之四羧酸成分可以使用其他芳香族或脂肪族四羧酸類,例如可列舉和就前述聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)中給予其他重複單元之四羧酸成分列舉者為同樣者。又,可使用就給予前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元之四羧酸成分(亦即,給予前述化學式(A-1)之結構之四羧酸成分、及給予前述化學式(A-2)之結構之四羧酸成分)列舉者。聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)中,給予該等其他重複單元之四羧酸成分可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。Other aromatic or aliphatic tetracarboxylic acids can be used for the tetracarboxylic acid component imparting other repeating units, for example, the tetracarboxylic acid component imparting other repeating units in the aforementioned polyimide precursor (1-1) can be listed for the same. Also, it is possible to use the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) (that is, the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-1), and the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives the aforementioned chemical formula (A-2) The tetracarboxylic acid component of the structure) listed. In the polyimide precursor (1-2), the tetracarboxylic acid component imparting these other repeating units may be used alone or in combination.

又,組合之二胺成分係不具芳香族環及脂環結構之二胺時,就給予其他重複單元之四羧酸成分而言,可使用給予前述化學式(A-3)之結構之四羧酸成分及給予前述化學式(A-4)之結構之四羧酸成分中之1種或2種以上。Also, when the combined diamine component is a diamine that does not have an aromatic ring and an alicyclic structure, the tetracarboxylic acid that gives the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-3) can be used for the tetracarboxylic acid component that gives other repeating units. One or more of the components and the tetracarboxylic acid component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (A-4).

就給予其他重複單元之二胺成分而言,可使用其他芳香族或脂肪族二胺類,例如和就給予前述聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)中之其他重複單元之二胺成分列舉者為同樣者。又,可使用就給予前述化學式(1-1)之重複單元之二胺成分(亦即,給予前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺成分、及給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺成分)列舉者。聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)中,給予該等其他重複單元之二胺成分可單獨使用1種也可組合使用多數種。As for the diamine component imparting other repeating units, other aromatic or aliphatic diamines can be used, for example and the diamine component imparting other repeating units in the aforementioned polyimide precursor (1-1) listed Those are the same. Also, the diamine component giving the repeating unit of the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) (that is, the diamine component giving the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2) can be used The diamine component) enumerates. In the polyimide precursor (1-2), the diamine component imparting these other repeating units may be used alone or in combination.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體[聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)、聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)]中,前述化學式(1-1)中之X1 、X2 及前述化學式(1-2)中之X3 、X4 各自獨立地為氫、碳數1~6,較佳為碳數1~3之烷基、或碳數3~9之烷基矽基中之任一者。X1 、X2 、X3 、X4 可依後述製造方法,改變其官能基種類、及官能基之導入率。In the polyimide precursor [polyimide precursor (1-1), polyimide precursor (1-2)] of the present invention, X 1 and X 2 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) , and X 3 and X 4 in the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) are each independently hydrogen, 1 to 6 carbons, preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 3 carbons, or an alkyl silicon group with 3 to 9 carbons any of the bases. For X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 , the type of functional group and the introduction rate of the functional group can be changed according to the production method described later.

X1 及X2 、X3 及X4 為氫時,聚醯亞胺之製造有容易之傾向。When X 1 and X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are hydrogen, the production of polyimide tends to be easy.

X1 及X2 、X3 及X4 為碳數1~6,較佳為碳數1~3之烷基時,聚醯亞胺前驅體之保存安定性有優異之傾向。於此情形,X1 及X2 、X3 及X4 宜為甲基或乙基更佳。When X 1 and X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, the storage stability of the polyimide precursor tends to be excellent. In this case, X 1 and X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are more preferably methyl or ethyl.

X1 及X2 、X3 及X4 為碳數3~9之烷基矽基時,醯亞胺前驅體之溶解性有優良的傾向。於此情形。X1 及X2 、X3 及X4 宜為三甲基矽基或第三丁基二甲基矽基更佳。When X 1 and X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are alkylsilyl groups with 3 to 9 carbon atoms, the solubility of the imide precursor tends to be excellent. In this case. X 1 and X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are preferably trimethylsilyl or tertiary butyldimethylsilyl.

官能基之導入率不特別限定,導入烷基或烷基矽基時,可以X1 及X2 、X3 及X4 各為25%以上,較佳為50%以上,更佳為75%以上為烷基或烷基矽基。The introduction rate of functional groups is not particularly limited. When introducing an alkyl group or an alkylsilyl group, each of X 1 and X 2 , X 3 and X 4 can be 25% or more, preferably 50% or more, more preferably 75% or more For alkyl or alkyl silyl.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體,藉由X1 與X2 、X3 與X4 採取之化學結構,可分類成:1)聚醯胺酸(X1 與X2 、X3 與X4 為氫)、2)聚醯胺酸酯(X1 與X2 之至少一部分為烷基、X3 與X4 之至少一部分為烷基)、3)4)聚醯胺酸矽酯(X1 與X2 之至少一部分為烷基矽基、X3 與X4 之至少一部分為烷基矽基)。並且,本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體可就其分類利用以下製造方法輕易製造。惟本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之製造方法不限於以下之製造方法。The polyimide precursor of the present invention can be classified into : 1) polyimide (X 1 and X 2 , X 3 and X 4 is hydrogen), 2) polyamide ester (at least a part of X1 and X2 is an alkyl group, at least a part of X3 and X4 is an alkyl group), 3) 4) polyamide silicon ester ( X1 and at least a part of X2 is an alkylsilyl group, and at least a part of X3 and X4 is an alkylsilyl group). Furthermore, the polyimide precursor of the present invention can be easily produced by the following production methods in terms of its classification. However, the production method of the polyimide precursor of the present invention is not limited to the following production methods.

1) 聚醯胺酸 本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體,可藉由於溶劑中將作為四羧酸成分之四羧酸二酐與二胺成分以大致等莫耳,較佳為二胺成分相對於四羧酸成分之莫耳比[二胺成分之莫耳數/四羧酸成分之莫耳數]較佳為0.90~1.10,更佳為0.95~1.05之比例,例如於120℃以下之比較的低溫度邊抑制醯亞胺化邊反應,而適宜地以聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液組成物之形式獲得。1) Polyamide The polyimide precursor of the present invention can be obtained by dissolving the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine component as the tetracarboxylic acid component in the solvent in an approximately equimolar ratio, preferably the ratio of the diamine component to the tetracarboxylic acid component. The molar ratio [the number of moles of the diamine component/the number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid component] is preferably 0.90~1.10, more preferably a ratio of 0.95~1.05. The imidization side reaction is suitably obtained in the form of a polyimide precursor solution composition.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之合成方法不限定,但更具體而言可藉由將二胺溶解在有機溶劑,邊攪拌邊於此溶液中緩慢添加四羧酸二酐,於0~120℃,較佳為5~80℃之範圍攪拌1~72小時,以獲得聚醯亞胺前驅體。於80℃以上反應時,分子量會依存於聚合時之溫度履歷而變動,且因熱而進行醯亞胺化,故可能無法安定地製造聚醯亞胺前驅體。上述製造方法中,二胺與四羧酸二酐之添加順序容易提高聚醯亞胺前驅體之分子量,故較理想。又,上述製造方法之二胺與四羧酸二酐之添加順序也可顛倒,考量減少析出物之觀點,為較理想。The synthesis method of the polyimide precursor of the present invention is not limited, but more specifically, diamine can be dissolved in an organic solvent, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride is slowly added to the solution while stirring, at 0~120 °C, preferably in the range of 5-80 °C, stirring for 1-72 hours to obtain a polyimide precursor. When reacting at 80°C or higher, the molecular weight will fluctuate depending on the temperature history during polymerization, and imidization will proceed due to heat, so it may not be possible to stably produce a polyimide precursor. In the above-mentioned production method, the order of adding diamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferable because it is easy to increase the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor. Moreover, the order of addition of diamine and tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the above-mentioned production method may be reversed, and it is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing precipitates.

又,四羧酸成分與二胺成分之莫耳比以二胺成分過量時,可視需要添加和二胺成分之過量莫耳數大致相當量之羧酸衍生物,以使四羧酸成分與二胺成分之莫耳比接近大致等當量。在此,羧酸衍生物宜為實質上不使聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液之黏度增加,亦即實質上不涉及分子鏈延長之四羧酸、或作為末端停止劑之作用之三羧酸及其酐、二羧酸及其酐等。Also, when the molar ratio of the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component is excessive with the diamine component, a carboxylic acid derivative approximately equivalent to the excess molar number of the diamine component may be added as needed, so that the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component The molar ratio of the amine components is approximately equivalent. Here, the carboxylic acid derivative is preferably a tetracarboxylic acid that does not substantially increase the viscosity of the polyimide precursor solution, that is, a tetracarboxylic acid that does not substantially extend the molecular chain, or a tricarboxylic acid that functions as a terminal stopper and Its anhydrides, dicarboxylic acids and their anhydrides, etc.

2) 聚醯胺酸酯 藉由使四羧酸二酐和任意之醇反應,獲得二酯二羧酸後,和氯化試藥(亞硫醯氯、草醯氯等)反應,獲得二酯二羧醯氯。藉由將此二酯二羧醯氯與二胺於-20~120℃,較佳為-5~80℃之範圍攪拌1~72小時,可獲得聚醯亞胺前驅體。於80℃以上反應時,分子量會依存於聚合時之溫度履歷而變動,且因熱進行醯亞胺化,故可能無法安定地製造聚醯亞胺前驅體。又,也可藉由將二酯二羧酸與二胺使用磷系縮合劑、碳二亞胺縮合劑等進行脱水縮合,而簡便地獲得聚醯亞胺前驅體。2) Polyamide ester Diester dicarboxylic acid is obtained by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with any alcohol, and then reacted with chlorination reagents (thionyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, etc.) to obtain diester dicarboxylic acid chloride. A polyimide precursor can be obtained by stirring the diester dicarboxylate chloride and diamine at -20-120°C, preferably -5-80°C for 1-72 hours. When reacting at 80°C or higher, the molecular weight will fluctuate depending on the temperature history during polymerization, and imidization will proceed due to heat, so it may not be possible to stably produce a polyimide precursor. Moreover, the polyimide precursor can also be obtained simply by performing dehydration condensation of a diester dicarboxylic acid and a diamine using a phosphorus-type condensing agent, a carbodiimide condensing agent, etc.

以此方法獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅體因為安定,可添加水、醇等溶劑並進行再沉澱等精製。Since the polyimide precursor obtained by this method is stable, it can be refined by adding solvents such as water and alcohol and performing reprecipitation.

3) 聚醯胺酸矽酯(間接法) 預先使二胺與矽基化劑反應,獲得矽基化的二胺。視需要,利用蒸餾等實施矽基化之二胺之精製。並且於經脱水之溶劑中先溶解經矽基化之二胺,邊攪拌邊緩慢添加四羧酸二酐,於0~120℃,較佳為5~80℃之範圍進行1~72小時攪拌,以獲得聚醯亞胺前驅體。於80℃以上反應時,分子量會依存於聚合時之溫度履歷而變動,且會因熱導致醯亞胺化進行,因此可能無法安定地製造聚醯亞胺前驅體。3) Silicone polyamide (indirect method) The diamine is reacted with a silylating agent in advance to obtain a silylated diamine. Purification of the silylated diamine is carried out by distillation or the like, if necessary. And dissolve the siliconized diamine in the dehydrated solvent first, slowly add tetracarboxylic dianhydride while stirring, and stir for 1-72 hours at 0-120°C, preferably 5-80°C, to obtain polyimide precursors. When reacting above 80°C, the molecular weight will fluctuate depending on the temperature history during polymerization, and imidization will proceed due to heat, so it may not be possible to stably produce a polyimide precursor.

在此使用之矽基化劑若使用不含氯之矽基化劑,無需將經矽基化之二胺精製,故較理想。不含氯原子之矽基化劑可列舉N,O-雙(三甲基矽基)三氟乙醯胺、N,O-雙(三甲基矽基)乙醯胺、六甲基二矽氮烷。不含氟原子且為低成本的觀點,N,O-雙(三甲基矽基)乙醯胺、六甲基二矽氮烷尤佳。If the silylation agent used here is a chlorine-free silylation agent, it is not necessary to refine the silylated diamine, so it is ideal. Silylating agents that do not contain chlorine atoms include N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide, N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide, hexamethyldisilazide Azane. N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide and hexamethyldisilazane are particularly preferable from the viewpoint of not containing fluorine atoms and being low cost.

又,二胺之矽基化反應中,為了促進反應,可使用吡啶、哌啶、三乙胺等胺系觸媒。此觸媒可直接作為聚醯亞胺前驅體之聚合觸媒使用。In addition, in the silylation reaction of diamine, in order to accelerate the reaction, an amine-based catalyst such as pyridine, piperidine, or triethylamine can be used. This catalyst can be directly used as a polymerization catalyst of polyimide precursor.

4) 聚醯胺酸矽酯(直接法) 將於1)的方法獲得之聚醯胺酸溶液與矽基化劑混合,於0~120℃,較佳為5~80℃之範圍攪拌1~72小時,以獲得聚醯亞胺前驅體。於80℃以上反應時,分子量會依存於聚合時之溫度履歷變動,且會因熱導致醯亞胺化進行,故有可能無法安定地製造聚醯亞胺前驅體。4) Silicone polyamide (direct method) Mix the polyamic acid solution obtained by the method 1) with the siliconizing agent, and stir at 0-120°C, preferably 5-80°C, for 1-72 hours to obtain a polyimide precursor. When reacting above 80°C, the molecular weight will vary depending on the temperature history during polymerization, and imidization will proceed due to heat, so it may not be possible to stably produce the polyimide precursor.

在此使用之矽基化劑若使用不含氯之矽基化劑,則無需將經矽基化之聚醯胺酸、或獲得之聚醯亞胺精製,為較理想。不含氯原子之矽基化劑可列舉N,O-雙(三甲基矽基)三氟乙醯胺、N,O-雙(三甲基矽基)乙醯胺、六甲基二矽氮烷。考量不含氟原子且低成本之觀點,N,O-雙(三甲基矽基)乙醯胺、六甲基二矽氮烷尤佳。If the silylation agent used here is a chlorine-free silylation agent, it is not necessary to refine the silylated polyamic acid or the obtained polyimide, which is ideal. Silylating agents that do not contain chlorine atoms include N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide, N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide, hexamethyldisilazide Azane. In consideration of fluorine-free and low-cost, N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide and hexamethyldisilazane are particularly preferable.

前述製造方法皆可於有機溶劑中理想地進行,故其結果可輕易地獲得本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆。The above-mentioned production methods can be ideally carried out in an organic solvent, so as a result, the varnish of the polyimide precursor of the present invention can be easily obtained.

製備聚醯亞胺前驅體時使用之溶劑,例如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、二甲基亞碸等非質子性溶劑較理想,尤其N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮為較佳,但只要原料單體成分與生成之聚醯亞胺前驅體會溶解,何種種類之溶劑皆可無問題地使用,故其結構無特殊限定。溶劑宜採用N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等醯胺溶劑、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、δ-戊內酯、γ-己內酯、ε-己內酯、α-甲基-γ-丁內酯等環狀酯溶劑、碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯等碳酸酯溶劑、三乙二醇等二醇系溶劑、間甲酚、對甲酚、3-氯苯酚、4-氯苯酚等苯酚系溶劑、苯乙酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、環丁碸、二甲基亞碸等較理想。再者,也可以使用其他一般的有機溶劑,亦即苯酚、鄰甲酚、乙酸丁酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙二醇甲基乙酸酯、乙基賽珞蘇、丁基賽珞蘇、2-甲基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、丁基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷、二乙氧基乙烷、二丁醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、甲基異丁酮、二異丁酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲乙酮、丙酮、丁醇、乙醇、二甲苯、甲苯、氯苯、萜烯、礦精、石油腦系溶劑等。又,溶劑也可將多數種組合使用。Solvents used in the preparation of polyimide precursors, such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl Aprotic solvents such as N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone are ideal, but as long as the raw material monomers The components and the resulting polyimide precursor will dissolve, and any kind of solvent can be used without problems, so its structure is not particularly limited. The solvent should be amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, δ-valerolactone, etc. Cyclic ester solvents such as lactone, γ-caprolactone, ε-caprolactone, α-methyl-γ-butyrolactone, etc., carbonate solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate, triethylene glycol, etc. Diol-based solvents, m-cresol, p-cresol, 3-chlorophenol, 4-chlorophenol and other phenol-based solvents, acetophenone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, cyclobutane, di Methyl sulfide, etc. are ideal. Furthermore, other common organic solvents can also be used, namely phenol, o-cresol, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propylene glycol methyl acetate, ethyl cellolosu, butylcellosol Threon, 2-Methylcellothreoacetate, Ethylcellothreoacetate, Butylcellothreoacetate, Tetrahydrofuran, Dimethoxyethane, Diethoxyethane, Dibutyl Ether , Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, butanol, ethanol, xylene, toluene, chlorobenzene, terpene, mineral essence , Petroleum-based solvents, etc. In addition, a plurality of solvents may be used in combination.

本發明中,聚醯亞胺前驅體之對數黏度不特別限定,在30℃之濃度0.5g/dL之N,N-二甲基乙醯胺溶液中之對數黏度為0.2dL/g以上,更佳為0.3dL/g以上。對數黏度為0.2dL/g以上則聚醯亞胺前驅體之分子量高,獲得之聚醯亞胺之機械強度、耐熱性優異。In the present invention, the logarithmic viscosity of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited, and the logarithmic viscosity in 0.5g/dL N,N-dimethylacetamide solution at 30°C is above 0.2dL/g, more preferably Preferably it is 0.3 dL/g or more. When the logarithmic viscosity is 0.2 dL/g or more, the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is high, and the obtained polyimide has excellent mechanical strength and heat resistance.

本發明中,聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆至少含有本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體[聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)及/或聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)]與溶劑。相對於溶劑與四羧酸成分與二胺成分之合計量,四羧酸成分與二胺成分之合計量為5質量%以上,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為15質量%以上之比例。又,通常,相對於溶劑與四羧酸成分與二胺成分之合計量,四羧酸成分與二胺成分之合計量為60質量%以下,較佳為50質量%以下。此濃度係大致近似於起源於聚醯亞胺前驅體之固體成分濃度之濃度,若此濃度過低,例如在製造聚醯亞胺膜時會難以控制獲得之聚醯亞胺膜之膜厚。In the present invention, the varnish of the polyimide precursor contains at least the polyimide precursor of the present invention [polyimide precursor (1-1) and/or polyimide precursor (1-2)] with solvents. The total amount of the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component relative to the total amount of the solvent, the tetracarboxylic acid component, and the diamine component is 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more . Also, usually, the total amount of the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component is 60% by mass or less, preferably 50% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solvent, the tetracarboxylic acid component, and the diamine component. This concentration is roughly similar to the concentration of the solid content originating from the polyimide precursor. If the concentration is too low, it will be difficult to control the film thickness of the obtained polyimide film when producing a polyimide film, for example.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆使用之溶劑只要聚醯亞胺前驅體會溶解即無問題,其結構無特殊限定。溶劑可列舉N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮等醯胺溶劑、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、δ-戊內酯、γ-己內酯、ε-己內酯、α-甲基-γ-丁內酯等環狀酯溶劑、碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯等碳酸酯溶劑、三乙二醇等二醇系溶劑、間甲酚、對甲酚、3-氯苯酚、4-氯苯酚等苯酚系溶劑、苯乙酮、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、環丁碸、二甲基亞碸等較理想。再者,其他一般的有機溶劑,亦即苯酚、鄰甲酚、乙酸丁酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸異丁酯、丙二醇甲基乙酸酯、乙基賽珞蘇、丁基賽珞蘇、2-甲基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、丁基賽珞蘇乙酸酯、四氫呋喃、二甲氧基乙烷、二乙氧基乙烷、二丁醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、甲基異丁酮、二異丁酮、環戊酮、環己酮、甲乙酮、丙酮、丁醇、乙醇、二甲苯、甲苯、氯苯、萜烯、礦精、石油腦系溶劑等也可使用。又,可將它們中的多數種組合使用。又,聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆之溶劑,可直接使用製備聚醯亞胺前驅體時使用之溶劑。The solvent used in the polyimide precursor varnish of the present invention is not a problem as long as the polyimide precursor is dissolved, and its structure is not particularly limited. Examples of the solvent include amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, Cyclic ester solvents such as δ-valerolactone, γ-caprolactone, ε-caprolactone, α-methyl-γ-butyrolactone, etc., carbonate solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate, triethyl Diol-based solvents such as diol, phenol-based solvents such as m-cresol, p-cresol, 3-chlorophenol, and 4-chlorophenol, acetophenone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, cyclobutanol Pine, dimethyl sulfide, etc. are ideal. Furthermore, other common organic solvents, namely phenol, o-cresol, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propylene glycol methyl acetate, ethyl cellosulo, butyl cellosulo, 2 -Methylcellosylacetate, ethylcellosylacetate, butylcellosylacetate, tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, diethoxyethane, dibutyl ether, diethyl Diol dimethyl ether, methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, butanol, ethanol, xylene, toluene, chlorobenzene, terpene, mineral concentrate, naphtha Solvents and the like can also be used. Moreover, many types of these can be used in combination. In addition, as the solvent for the varnish of the polyimide precursor, the solvent used in the preparation of the polyimide precursor can be used as it is.

本發明中,聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆之黏度(旋轉黏度)不特別限定,使用E型旋轉黏度計於溫度25℃、剪切速度20sec-1 測得之旋轉黏度為0.01~1000Pa・sec較理想,0.1~100Pa・sec更理想。又,視需要,也可賦予觸變性。於上述範圍之黏度時,實施塗佈、製膜時,容易操作且可抑制眼孔(eye hole),塗平性優異,可獲得良好的被膜。In the present invention, the viscosity (rotational viscosity) of the polyimide precursor varnish is not particularly limited, and the rotational viscosity measured by using an E-type rotational viscometer at a temperature of 25°C and a shear rate of 20sec -1 is 0.01~1000Pa·sec More ideal, 0.1~100Pa·sec is more ideal. Moreover, thixotropy can also be imparted as needed. When the viscosity is in the above-mentioned range, it is easy to handle and can suppress eye holes when coating and film-forming, and it has excellent leveling property and can obtain a good film.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆,視需要也可添加化學醯亞胺化劑(乙酸酐等酸酐、吡啶、異喹啉等胺化合物)、抗氧化劑、填料(二氧化矽等無機粒子等)、染料、顏料、矽烷偶聯劑等偶聯劑、底塗劑、阻燃材、消泡劑、塗平劑、流變性控制劑(流動輔助劑)、剝離劑等。The varnish of the polyimide precursor of the present invention can also add chemical imidization agents (acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, amine compounds such as pyridine and isoquinoline), antioxidants, fillers (inorganic particles such as silicon dioxide) etc.), dyes, pigments, silane coupling agents and other coupling agents, primers, flame retardants, defoamers, leveling agents, rheology control agents (flow aids), stripping agents, etc.

本發明之第1態樣之聚醯亞胺(以下也稱為「聚醯亞胺(2-1)」),係含有前述化學式(2-1)表示之重複單元中之至少1種,且此化學式(2-1)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上之聚醯亞胺。亦即,本發明之聚醯亞胺(2-1)可以使用為了獲得本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)所使用之前述四羧酸成分與二胺成分獲得,理想之四羧酸成分與二胺成分也和前述本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)相同。The polyimide (hereinafter also referred to as "polyimide (2-1)") of the first aspect of the present invention contains at least one of the repeating units represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (2-1), and A polyimide in which the total content of repeating units represented by the chemical formula (2-1) is 50 mol% or more relative to all repeating units. That is, the polyimide (2-1) of the present invention can be obtained by using the aforementioned tetracarboxylic acid component and diamine component used to obtain the polyimide precursor (1-1) of the present invention. The carboxylic acid component and the diamine component are also the same as the aforementioned polyimide precursor (1-1) of the present invention.

又,前述化學式(2-1)對應於聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)之前述化學式(1-1),前述化學式(2-1)中之A21 、B21 各對應於前述化學式(1-1)中之A11 、B11Also, the aforementioned chemical formula (2-1) corresponds to the aforementioned chemical formula (1-1) of the polyimide precursor (1-1), and each of A 21 and B 21 in the aforementioned chemical formula (2-1) corresponds to the aforementioned chemical formula A 11 and B 11 in (1-1).

本發明之第2態樣之聚醯亞胺(以下也稱為「聚醯亞胺(2-2)」),係含有前述化學式(2-2)表示之重複單元中之至少1種的聚醯亞胺。化學式(2-2)表示之重複單元之合計含量不特別限定,宜相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上較佳。亦即,本發明之聚醯亞胺(2-2),可以使用為了獲得本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)所使用之前述四羧酸成分與二胺成分而獲得,理想之四羧酸成分與二胺成分也和前述本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)相同。The polyimide (hereinafter also referred to as "polyimide (2-2)") of the second aspect of the present invention is a polyamide containing at least one repeating unit represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (2-2). imide. The total content of the repeating units represented by the chemical formula (2-2) is not particularly limited, and is preferably 50 mol% or more relative to all the repeating units. That is, the polyimide (2-2) of the present invention can be obtained using the aforementioned tetracarboxylic acid component and diamine component used to obtain the polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention. The tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component are also the same as the aforementioned polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention.

又,前述化學式(2-2)對應於聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)之前述化學式(1-2),前述化學式(2-2)中之A22 、B22 分別對應於前述化學式(1-2)中之A12 、B12Also, the aforementioned chemical formula (2-2) corresponds to the aforementioned chemical formula (1-2) of the polyimide precursor (1-2), and A 22 and B 22 in the aforementioned chemical formula (2-2) correspond to the aforementioned chemical formula A 12 and B 12 in (1-2).

本發明之聚醯亞胺(2-1)可藉由將如前述本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-1)進行脱水閉環反應(醯亞胺化反應)以理想地製造。本發明之聚醯亞胺(2-2),可藉由將如前述本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)予以脱水閉環反應(醯亞胺化反應)而理想地製造。醯亞胺化的方法不特別限定,可理想地採用公知之熱醯亞胺化、或化學醯亞胺化的方法。The polyimide (2-1) of the present invention can be ideally produced by subjecting the polyimide precursor (1-1) of the present invention to a dehydration ring-closure reaction (imidization reaction). The polyimide (2-2) of the present invention can be ideally produced by subjecting the polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention to a dehydration ring-closure reaction (imidization reaction). The method of imidization is not particularly limited, and a known method of thermal imidization or chemical imidization can be preferably used.

獲得之聚醯亞胺之形態,可適宜地列舉膜、聚醯亞胺膜與其他基材之疊層體、塗覆膜、粉末、珠粒、成型體、發泡體、及清漆等。The form of the polyimide to be obtained is preferably a film, a laminate of a polyimide film and other substrates, a coating film, powder, beads, molded body, foam, and varnish.

本發明中,聚醯亞胺之對數黏度不特別限定,在30℃之濃度0.5g/dL之N,N-二甲基乙醯胺溶液中之對數黏度為0.2dL/g以上,更佳為0.4dL/g以上,尤佳為0.5dL/g以上。對數黏度為0.2dL/g以上則獲得之聚醯亞胺之機械強度、耐熱性優異。In the present invention, the logarithmic viscosity of polyimide is not particularly limited, and the logarithmic viscosity in 0.5g/dL N,N-dimethylacetamide solution at 30°C is above 0.2dL/g, more preferably 0.4dL/g or more, especially preferably 0.5dL/g or more. When the logarithmic viscosity is 0.2 dL/g or more, the obtained polyimide has excellent mechanical strength and heat resistance.

本發明中,聚醯亞胺之清漆至少含有本發明之聚醯亞胺與溶劑,相對於溶劑與聚醯亞胺之合計量,聚醯亞胺為5質量%以上,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為15質量%以上,尤佳為20質量%以上之比例。此濃度若過低,例如製造聚醯亞胺膜時會難控制獲得之聚醯亞胺膜之膜厚。In the present invention, the polyimide varnish contains at least the polyimide of the present invention and a solvent, and the polyimide is at least 5% by mass, preferably 10% by mass, relative to the total amount of the solvent and polyimide. More than above, more preferably at least 15% by mass, especially preferably at least 20% by mass. If the concentration is too low, for example, it will be difficult to control the film thickness of the obtained polyimide film when producing the polyimide film.

本發明之聚醯亞胺之清漆使用之溶劑若聚醯亞胺可溶解,則無問題,其結構無特殊限定。溶劑可同樣使用前述本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆使用之溶劑。The solvent used for the polyimide varnish of the present invention has no problem if the polyimide is soluble, and its structure is not particularly limited. As the solvent, the same solvent used for the varnish of the polyimide precursor of the present invention can be used.

本發明中,聚醯亞胺之清漆之黏度(旋轉黏度)不特別限定,使用E型旋轉黏度計於溫度25℃、剪切速度20sec-1 測得之旋轉黏度為0.01~1000Pa・sec較理想,0.1~100Pa・sec更理想。又,視需要,也可賦予觸變性。上述範圍之黏度則實施塗覆、製膜時,容易操作,又,眼孔(eye hole)受抑制,塗平性優異,可獲得良好的被膜。In the present invention, the viscosity (rotational viscosity) of the polyimide varnish is not particularly limited, and the rotational viscosity measured by using an E-type rotational viscometer at a temperature of 25°C and a shear rate of 20sec -1 is ideally 0.01~1000Pa·sec , 0.1~100Pa·sec is more ideal. Moreover, thixotropy can also be imparted as needed. The viscosity in the above range is easy to handle during coating and film formation, and eye holes are suppressed, excellent leveling property, and good film can be obtained.

本發明之聚醯亞胺之清漆中,視需要亦可添加抗氧化劑、填料(二氧化矽等無機粒子等)、染料、顏料、矽烷偶聯劑等偶聯劑、底塗劑、阻燃材、消泡劑、塗平劑、流變性空制劑(流動輔助劑)、剝離劑等。In the polyimide varnish of the present invention, antioxidants, fillers (inorganic particles such as silicon dioxide, etc.), dyes, pigments, coupling agents such as silane coupling agents, primers, and flame-retardant materials can also be added as needed. , defoaming agent, leveling agent, rheological empty preparation (flow aid), stripping agent, etc.

由本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺及本發明之聚醯亞胺不特別限定,製成膜時100℃到250℃之線熱膨脹係數較佳為45ppm/K以下,更佳為40ppm/K以下。線熱膨脹係數若大,和金屬等導體間之線熱膨脹係數之差距大,形成電路基板時有時會有翹曲增大等不良情形。The polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimide of the present invention are not particularly limited, and the coefficient of linear thermal expansion at 100°C to 250°C when formed into a film is preferably below 45ppm/K, more preferably 40ppm/K or less. If the coefficient of linear thermal expansion is large, the difference between the coefficient of linear thermal expansion and that of conductors such as metals is large, and there may be disadvantages such as increased warping when forming a circuit board.

由本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺及本發明之聚醯亞胺不特別限定,厚度10μm之膜之全光透射率(波長380nm~780nm之平均光透射率)較佳為70%以上,更佳為75%以上,又更佳為80%以上。於顯示器用途等使用時,全光透射率若低則光源需加強,會發生耗能之問題等。The polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimide of the present invention are not particularly limited, and the total light transmittance (average light transmittance of wavelength 380nm ~ 780nm) of a film with a thickness of 10 μm is preferably More than 70%, more preferably more than 75%, and more preferably more than 80%. When used in display applications, etc., if the total light transmittance is low, the light source needs to be strengthened, and problems such as energy consumption will occur.

又,由本發明之聚醯亞胺構成的膜,取決於用途,膜之厚度較佳為1μm~250μm,更佳為1μm~150μm,又更佳為1μm~50μm,尤佳為1μm~30μm。聚醯亞胺膜使用顯示器用途等透光之用途時,若聚醯亞胺膜太厚,會有透光率減低之虞。Also, depending on the application, the film made of the polyimide of the present invention has a thickness of preferably 1 μm to 250 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 150 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 50 μm, and especially preferably 1 μm to 30 μm. When the polyimide film is used for light-transmitting applications such as display applications, if the polyimide film is too thick, the light transmittance may decrease.

由本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺及本發明之聚醯亞胺不特別限定,為聚醯亞胺耐熱性之指標之5%重量減少溫度較佳為420℃以上,更佳為450℃以上。於聚醯亞胺上形成電晶體等在聚醯亞胺上形成氣體阻隔膜等時,耐熱性若低,則有時會在聚醯亞胺與阻隔膜之間因為聚醯亞胺之分解等伴隨的散逸氣體導致發生隆起。The polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimide of the present invention are not particularly limited, and the 5% weight loss temperature, which is an indicator of the heat resistance of polyimide, is preferably 420° C. or higher. Preferably it is above 450°C. When forming transistors etc. on polyimide and forming a gas barrier film etc. on polyimide, if the heat resistance is low, there may be problems between the polyimide and the barrier film due to the decomposition of polyimide, etc. The accompanying outgassing causes uplift to occur.

由本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺及本發明之聚醯亞胺,例如可適用於顯示器用透明基板、觸控面板用透明基板、或太陽能電池用基板之用途。The polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimide of the present invention are applicable to, for example, transparent substrates for displays, transparent substrates for touch panels, or substrates for solar cells.

以下針對使用本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之聚醯亞胺膜/基材疊層體、或聚醯亞胺膜之製造方法之一例說明。惟不限於以下之方法。An example of a method for producing a polyimide film/substrate laminate or a polyimide film using the polyimide precursor of the present invention will be described below. But not limited to the following methods.

將本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆流延在例如陶瓷(玻璃、矽、氧化鋁等)、金屬(銅、鋁、不銹鋼等)、耐熱塑膠膜(聚醯亞胺膜等)等基材,於真空中在氮氣等鈍性氣體中,或空氣中使用熱風或紅外線,於20~180℃,較佳為20~150℃之溫度範圍進行乾燥。其次可將獲得之聚醯亞胺前驅體膜於基材上、或將聚醯亞胺前驅體膜從基材上剝離,並於此膜端部固定住的狀態,於真空中,氮氣等鈍性氣體中,或空氣中,使用熱風或紅外線,例如於200~500℃,更佳為250~460℃左右之溫度進行加熱醯亞胺化,而製造聚醯亞胺膜/基材疊層體、或聚醯亞胺膜。又,為了防止獲得之聚醯亞胺膜氧化劣化,加熱醯亞胺化宜在真空中,或鈍性氣體中進行。加熱醯亞胺化之溫度若不太高,則於空氣中實施亦無妨。Cast the polyimide precursor varnish of the present invention on substrates such as ceramics (glass, silicon, alumina, etc.), metals (copper, aluminum, stainless steel, etc.), heat-resistant plastic films (polyimide films, etc.) Materials are dried in a vacuum in an inert gas such as nitrogen, or in air using hot air or infrared rays at a temperature range of 20~180°C, preferably 20~150°C. Secondly, the obtained polyimide precursor film can be placed on the substrate, or the polyimide precursor film can be peeled off from the substrate, and in the state where the end of the film is fixed, in a vacuum, nitrogen and other inert In inert gas or air, use hot air or infrared rays, for example, heat imidization at a temperature of 200~500°C, preferably at a temperature of about 250~460°C, to produce a polyimide film/substrate laminate , or polyimide film. In addition, in order to prevent the obtained polyimide film from being oxidized and degraded, the heating imidization is preferably carried out in a vacuum or in an inert gas. If the temperature of imidization by heating is not too high, it may be carried out in the air.

又,聚醯亞胺前驅體之醯亞胺化反應,也可將如前述利用加熱處理之加熱醯亞胺化替換成利用將聚醯亞胺前驅體於吡啶、三乙胺等3級胺存在下浸於含有乙酸酐等脱水環化試藥之溶液等化學性處理進行。又,藉由事先將該等脱水環化試藥投入到聚醯亞胺前驅體之清漆中並攪拌,將其流延在基材上並乾燥,以製得部分醯亞胺化的聚醯亞胺前驅體,將獲得之部分醯亞胺化的聚醯亞胺前驅體膜在基材上、或將聚醯亞胺前驅體膜從基材上剝離,並於此膜端部固定住的狀態,進一步實施如前述加熱處理,可獲得聚醯亞胺膜/基材疊層體、或聚醯亞胺膜。In addition, the imidization reaction of the polyimide precursor can also be replaced by the use of the polyimide precursor in the presence of tertiary amines such as pyridine and triethylamine. Chemical treatment such as immersion in a solution containing dehydration and cyclization reagents such as acetic anhydride. Also, by putting these dehydrating cyclization reagents into the varnish of the polyimide precursor in advance and stirring, casting it on the substrate and drying it, to obtain a partially imidized polyimide Amine precursor, the obtained partially imidized polyimide precursor film is placed on the substrate, or the polyimide precursor film is peeled off from the substrate and fixed at the end of the film , further performing heat treatment as described above, a polyimide film/substrate laminate or a polyimide film can be obtained.

依此方式獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/基材疊層體、或聚醯亞胺膜,藉由在其單面或兩面形成導電性層,可以獲得可撓性的導電性基板。A flexible conductive substrate can be obtained by forming a conductive layer on one or both sides of the polyimide film/substrate laminate or polyimide film obtained in this way.

可撓性的導電性基板例如可依以下方法獲得。亦即就第一方法而言,不將聚醯亞胺膜/基材疊層體從基材剝離聚醯亞胺膜,而是在此聚醯亞胺膜表面利用濺鍍、蒸鍍、印刷等形成導電性物質(金屬或金屬氧化物、導電性有機物、導電性碳等)之導電層,製得導電性層/聚醯亞胺膜/基材之導電性疊層體。之後視需要,從基材將導電性層/聚醯亞胺膜疊層體剝離,藉此,獲得由導電性層/聚醯亞胺膜疊層體構成的透明且可撓性的導電性基板。A flexible conductive substrate can be obtained, for example, as follows. That is, with regard to the first method, the polyimide film/substrate laminate is not peeled off from the substrate, but the surface of the polyimide film is deposited by sputtering, vapor deposition, or printing. Form a conductive layer of conductive substances (metal or metal oxide, conductive organic matter, conductive carbon, etc.) to prepare a conductive laminate of conductive layer/polyimide film/substrate. Thereafter, if necessary, the conductive layer/polyimide film laminate is peeled off from the substrate, whereby a transparent and flexible conductive substrate composed of the conductive layer/polyimide film laminate is obtained .

第二方法,可從聚醯亞胺膜/基材疊層體之基材將聚醯亞胺膜剝離,獲得聚醯亞胺膜,在此聚醯亞胺膜表面依和第一方法同樣方式形成導電性物質(金屬或金屬氧化物、導電性有機物、導電性碳等)之導電層,獲得由導電性層/聚醯亞胺膜疊層體、或導電性層/聚醯亞胺膜/導電性層疊層體構成之透明且可撓性的導電性基板。In the second method, the polyimide film can be peeled off from the base material of the polyimide film/substrate laminate to obtain a polyimide film, and the surface of the polyimide film is in the same manner as the first method Form a conductive layer of a conductive substance (metal or metal oxide, conductive organic matter, conductive carbon, etc.), and obtain a laminated body of conductive layer/polyimide film, or conductive layer/polyimide film/ A transparent and flexible conductive substrate composed of conductive laminates.

又,第一、第二的方法中,視需要也可在聚醯亞胺膜之表面形成導電層前,利用濺鍍、蒸鍍、凝膠-溶膠法等形成水蒸氣、氧等氣體阻隔層、光調整層等無機層。Also, in the first and second methods, if necessary, before forming a conductive layer on the surface of the polyimide film, gas barrier layers such as water vapor and oxygen can be formed by sputtering, vapor deposition, gel-sol method, etc. , light adjustment layer and other inorganic layers.

又,導電層可利用光微影法、各種印刷法、噴墨法等方法適宜地形成電路。In addition, the conductive layer can be suitably formed into a circuit by methods such as photolithography, various printing methods, and inkjet methods.

依此方式獲得之本發明之基板,在由本發明之聚醯亞胺構成之聚醯亞胺膜之表面,視需要介隔氣體阻隔層、無機層形成有導電層之電路。此基板為可撓性,容易形成微細的電路。因此此基板適合作為顯示器用、觸控面板用、或太陽能電池用之基板。In the substrate of the present invention obtained in this way, a circuit with a conductive layer is formed on the surface of the polyimide film composed of the polyimide of the present invention, if necessary, via a gas barrier layer and an inorganic layer. This substrate is flexible, and it is easy to form fine circuits. Therefore, this substrate is suitable as a substrate for displays, touch panels, or solar cells.

亦即,在此基板利用蒸鍍、各種印刷法、或噴墨法等進一步形成電晶體(無機電晶體、有機電晶體)並製造可撓性薄膜電晶體,適合作為顯示器用之液晶元件、EL元件、光電元件。That is, on this substrate, use evaporation, various printing methods, or inkjet methods to further form transistors (inorganic transistors, organic transistors) and manufacture flexible thin film transistors, which are suitable for liquid crystal elements for displays, EL Components, optoelectronic components.

本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體(1-2)及本發明之聚醯亞胺(2-2)之製造使用之四羧酸二酐即前述化學式(M-1)表示之四羧酸二酐、及前述化學式(M-4)表示之四羧酸二酐,係新穎之化合物。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the manufacture of the polyimide precursor (1-2) of the present invention and the polyimide (2-2) of the present invention is the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-1). Anhydrides and tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-4) are novel compounds.

以下針對前述化學式(M-1)表示之四羧酸二酐之製造方法記載。Hereinafter, it describes about the manufacturing method of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by said chemical formula (M-1).

前述化學式(M-1)表示之四羧酸二酐,可參考日本特開2010-184898號公報、J. Chin. Chem. Soc. 1998, 45, 799、Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 7013, Helvetica. Chim. Acta. 2003, 86, 439、Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1989, 28, 1037等,依照例如:以下所示之反應方案合成。在此,係以R5 ’、R6 ’為-CH2 -之化學式(M-1)表示之四羧酸二酐,亦即3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮(DMADA)為例説明,但其他四羧酸二酐也可同樣地製造。For the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-1), please refer to JP-A-2010-184898, J. Chin. Chem. Soc. 1998, 45, 799, Tetrahedron 1998, 54, 7013, Helvetica. Chim . Acta. 2003, 86, 439, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1989, 28, 1037, etc., synthesized according to the reaction scheme shown below, for example. Here, it is the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the chemical formula (M-1) in which R 5 ′ and R 6 ′ are -CH 2 -, that is, 3a, 4, 6, 6a, 9a, 10, 12, 12a- Octahydro-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-Dimethyloanthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraone (DMADA) Although it demonstrates as an example, other tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can also be manufactured similarly.

[化45]

Figure 02_image107
式中,R為也可以有取代基之烷基或芳基,R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基。[chem 45]
Figure 02_image107
In the formula, R is an alkyl or aryl group which may have a substituent, and R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , and R 14 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

(第1步驟) 第1步驟中,合成R5 ’、R6 ’係-CH2 -之化學式(M-1)之四羧酸二酐(DMADA)時,係使對苯醌(BQ)與環戊二烯(CP)反應,合成1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9a,10a-八氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-9,10-二酮(DNBQ)。合成R5 ’、R6 ’係-CH2 CH2 -之化學式(M-1)之四羧酸二酐時,在此,將環戊二烯(CP)替換成1,3-環己二烯,與BQ反應即可。(1st step) In the 1st step, when synthesizing the tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DMADA) of the chemical formula (M-1) in which R 5 ' and R 6 ' are -CH 2 -, p-benzoquinone (BQ) and Cyclopentadiene (CP) reaction, synthesis of 1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9a,10a-octahydro-1,4:5,8-dimethylpoanthrene-9,10-dione (DNBQ ). When synthesizing tetracarboxylic dianhydride of chemical formula (M-1) where R 5 ' and R 6 ' are -CH 2 CH 2 -, here, cyclopentadiene (CP) is replaced by 1,3-cyclohexanedi Alkenes can be reacted with BQ.

前述環戊二烯(或1,3-環己二烯等)之使用量相對於對苯醌(BQ)1莫耳,較佳為1.0~20莫耳,又更佳為1.5~10.0莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned cyclopentadiene (or 1,3-cyclohexadiene, etc.) is preferably 1.0-20 moles, more preferably 1.5-10.0 moles relative to 1 mole of p-benzoquinone (BQ). .

本反應通常於有機溶劑中進行。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應則不特別限定,例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等醯胺類;N,N-二甲基咪唑啶酮等尿素類;二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等亞碸類;乙腈、丙腈等腈類;甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類;二異丙醚、二 烷、四氫呋喃、環丙基甲醚等醚類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;己烷、環己烷、庚烷、辛烷等脂肪族烴類;二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯等鹵化烴類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁基等酯類;丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基異丁酮等,較佳為醇類、芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually carried out in an organic solvent. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone; N,N -Ureas such as dimethyl imidazolidinone; methoxides such as dimethyl sulfide and cyclobutylene; nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, Alcohols such as tributanol; Ethers such as diisopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopropyl methyl ether; Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; Hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, octane Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and other halogenated hydrocarbons; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and other esters; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc., Alcohols and aromatic hydrocarbons are preferable. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述有機溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性適當調節,相對於BQ1g較佳為1~50g,又更佳為2~30g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned organic solvent can be properly adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 1-50 g relative to 1 g of BQ, and more preferably 2-30 g.

本反應,例如可利用於有機溶劑中將BQ與CP混合並攪拌之等方法實施。此時之反應溫度較佳為0~150℃,又更佳為15~60℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be implemented, for example, by a method of mixing and stirring BQ and CP in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 0-150°C, more preferably 15-60°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

(第2步驟) 第2步驟,係使第1步驟獲得之DNBQ與硼氫化鈉反應,合成1,4,4a,5,8,8a, 9,9a,10,10a-十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-9,10-二醇(DNHQ)。(step 2) The second step is to react the DNBQ obtained in the first step with sodium borohydride to synthesize 1,4,4a,5,8,8a, 9,9a,10,10a-decahydro-1,4:5,8- Dimethylanthracene-9,10-diol (DNHQ).

前述硼氫化鈉之使用量,相對於DNBQ1莫耳,較佳為0.5~10莫耳,又更佳為1.5~5.0莫耳。The amount of sodium borohydride used is preferably 0.5-10 moles, more preferably 1.5-5.0 moles relative to 1 mole of DNBQ.

本反應通常於有機溶劑中進行。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等醯胺類;N,N-二甲基咪唑啶酮等尿素類;二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等亞碸類;乙腈、丙腈等腈類;甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類;二異丙醚、二 烷、四氫呋喃、環丙基甲醚等醚類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;己烷、環己烷、庚烷、辛烷等脂肪族烴類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁基等酯類;丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基異丁酮等,較佳為醇類、醚類、芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually carried out in an organic solvent. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone; N,N -Ureas such as dimethyl imidazolidinone; methoxides such as dimethyl sulfide and cyclobutylene; nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, Alcohols such as tributanol; Ethers such as diisopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopropyl methyl ether; Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; Hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, octane Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc., preferably alcohols, ethers, and aromatic hydrocarbons. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述有機溶劑之使用量可因應反應液之均勻性、攪拌性適當調節,但相對於DNBQ1g,較佳為1~100g,又更佳為5~50g。The usage amount of the aforementioned organic solvent can be properly adjusted according to the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, but relative to 1 g of DNBQ, it is preferably 1-100 g, and more preferably 5-50 g.

本反應可藉由例如在有機溶劑中將DNBQ與硼氫化鈉混合並攪拌等方法實施。此時之反應溫度較佳為-20~150℃,又更佳為0~50℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out, for example, by mixing and stirring DNBQ and sodium borohydride in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20~150°C, more preferably 0~50°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

(第3步驟) 第3步驟,係於鹼存在下使第2步驟獲得之DNHQ與甲烷磺醯氯反應,合成二甲烷磺酸1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a,10,10a-十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-9,10-二酯(DNCMS;於此情形R係-CH3 [-SO2 R為甲磺醯基(-SO2 CH3 )])。也可將甲烷磺醯氯替換為使用其他之脂肪族磺醯氯或芳香族磺醯氯。(The third step) The third step is to react the DNHQ obtained in the second step with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base to synthesize dimethanesulfonic acid 1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a,10 ,10a-decahydro-1,4: 5,8-Dimethylanthracene-9,10-diester (DNCMS; in this case R is -CH 3 [-SO 2 R is methylsulfonyl (-SO 2 CH 3 )]). Methanesulfonyl chloride can also be replaced by other aliphatic sulfonyl chloride or aromatic sulfonyl chloride.

本反應使用鹼。本反應中,使用之鹼,例如:二丁胺、哌啶、2-甲哌啶等二級胺類;三乙胺、三丁胺等三級胺類;吡啶、甲基吡啶、二甲胺基吡啶等吡啶類;喹啉、異喹啉、甲基喹啉等喹啉類;氫化鈉、氫化鉀等鹼金屬氫化物;甲醇鈉、乙醇鈉、異丙醇鈉、第三丁醇鉀等鹼金屬醇鹽;碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀等鹼金屬碳酸鹽;碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等鹼金屬碳酸氫鹽;氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物,較佳為三級胺類、吡啶類、喹啉類、鹼金屬碳酸鹽。又,該等鹼可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses a base. In this reaction, the base used, for example: secondary amines such as dibutylamine, piperidine, and 2-methylpiperidine; tertiary amines such as triethylamine and tributylamine; pyridine, picoline, dimethylamine, etc. Pyridines such as basepyridine; quinolines such as quinoline, isoquinoline, and methylquinoline; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride; sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium isopropoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, etc. Alkali metal alkoxides; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; alkali metal bicarbonates such as sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate; alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, preferably tertiary amines Classes, pyridines, quinolines, alkali metal carbonates. Moreover, these bases can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述鹼之使用量,相對於DNHQ1莫耳較佳為0.01~200莫耳,又更佳為0.1~100莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned alkali is preferably 0.01-200 moles, more preferably 0.1-100 moles relative to 1 mole of DNHQ.

本反應使用磺醯氯。本反應使用之磺醯氯,例如:甲烷磺醯氯、乙烷磺醯氯、三氟甲烷磺醯氯等脂肪族磺醯氯類;苯磺醯氯、甲苯磺醯氯、硝基苯磺醯氯等芳香族磺醯氯類,較佳為脂肪族磺醯氯。又,該等磺醯氯可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses sulfonyl chloride. Sulfonyl chloride used in this reaction, for example: aliphatic sulfonyl chloride such as methanesulfonyl chloride, ethanesulfonyl chloride, trifluoromethanesulfonyl chloride; benzenesulfonyl chloride, toluenesulfonyl chloride, nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride Aromatic sulfonyl chlorides such as chlorine, preferably aliphatic sulfonyl chlorides. In addition, these sulfonyl chlorides may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

前述磺醯氯之使用量,相對於DNHQ1莫耳,較佳為1.5~10莫耳,又更佳為1.8~5莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned sulfonyl chloride is preferably 1.5-10 moles, more preferably 1.8-5 moles relative to 1 mole of DNHQ.

本反應通常於有機溶劑中進行。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應則不特別限定,例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等醯胺類;N,N-二甲基咪唑啶酮等尿素類;吡啶、甲基吡啶、二甲胺基吡啶等吡啶類;喹啉、異喹啉、甲基喹啉等喹啉類;二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等亞碸類;乙腈、丙腈等腈類;二異丙醚、二 烷、四氫呋喃、環丙基甲醚等醚類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;己烷、環己烷、庚烷、辛烷等脂肪族烴類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁基等酯類;丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基異丁酮等,較佳為吡啶類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually carried out in an organic solvent. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone; N,N -Ureas such as dimethylimidazolidinone; pyridines such as pyridine, picoline, and dimethylaminopyridine; quinolines such as quinoline, isoquinoline, and methylquinoline; Acetonitrile and other arginines; acetonitrile, propionitrile and other nitriles; diisopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopropyl methyl ether and other ethers; benzene, toluene, xylene and other aromatic hydrocarbons; hexane, cyclohexane Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as alkanes, heptanes, and octanes; esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc., preferably pyridines. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述有機溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性適當調節,相對於DNHQ1g較佳為1~200g,又更佳為10~100g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned organic solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 1-200 g relative to 1 g of DNHQ, and more preferably 10-100 g.

本反應,例如可利用在有機溶劑中將DNHQ、鹼、磺醯氯混合並攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為-20~150℃,又更佳為0~50℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, mixing and stirring DNHQ, a base, and sulfonyl chloride in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20~150°C, more preferably 0~50°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

(第4步驟) 第4步驟,於鈀觸媒與銅化合物存在下使甲醇類與一氧化碳和第3步驟獲得之DNCMS反應,合成9,10-雙((甲基磺醯基)氧)十四氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(DNMTE;於此情形R11 ~R14 為甲基)。也可以將甲醇替換為使用所望之酯化合物所對應之其他之醇化合物。(4th step) In the 4th step, react methanol with carbon monoxide and the DNCMS obtained in the 3rd step in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a copper compound to synthesize 9,10-bis((methylsulfonyl)oxy)tetradecine Hydrogen-1,4: tetramethyl 5,8-dimethylpyrthracene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylate (DNMTE; in this case R 11 to R 14 are methyl). It is also possible to replace methanol with other alcohol compounds corresponding to the desired ester compound.

本反應使用之醇化合物,例如:甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、戊醇、甲氧基乙醇、乙氧基乙醇、乙二醇、三乙二醇等,較佳為甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇,又更佳為甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇。又,該等醇化合物可單獨使用或混用二種以上。Alcohol compounds used in this reaction, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol, third butanol, amyl alcohol, methoxyethanol, ethoxyethanol, ethylene glycol Alcohol, triethylene glycol, etc., preferably methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, more preferably methanol, ethanol, isopropanol. Moreover, these alcohol compounds can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

醇化合物之使用量,相對於DNCMS1g較佳為1~100g,又更佳為5~50g。The usage-amount of the alcohol compound is preferably 1-100 g, more preferably 5-50 g relative to 1 g of DNCMS.

本反應使用鈀觸媒。本反應使用之鈀觸媒,只要含鈀即不特別限定,例如:氯化鈀、溴化鈀等鹵化鈀;乙酸鈀、草酸鈀等鈀有機酸鹽;硝酸鈀、硫酸鈀等鈀無機酸鹽;鈀載持於碳、氧化鋁等擔體而成的鈀碳、鈀氧化鋁等,較佳為氯化鈀、鈀碳。This reaction uses a palladium catalyst. The palladium catalyst used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it contains palladium, for example: palladium halides such as palladium chloride and palladium bromide; palladium organic acid salts such as palladium acetate and palladium oxalate; palladium inorganic acid salts such as palladium nitrate and palladium sulfate palladium supported on carbon, alumina and other supports formed of palladium carbon, palladium alumina, etc., preferably palladium chloride, palladium carbon.

前述鈀觸媒之使用量,相對於DNCMS1莫耳較佳為0.001~1莫耳,又更佳為0.01~0.5莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned palladium catalyst is preferably 0.001-1 mole, more preferably 0.01-0.5 mole relative to 1 mole of DNCMS.

本反應使用銅化合物。本反應使用之銅化合物,例如:氧化銅(I)、氯化銅(I)、溴化銅(I)等一價之銅化合物、氧化銅(II)、氯化銅(II)、溴化銅(II)等二價之銅化合物等,較佳為二價之銅化合物,又更佳為氯化銅(II)。又,該等銅化合物可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses a copper compound. Copper compounds used in this reaction, for example: copper (I) oxide, copper (I) chloride, copper (I) bromide and other monovalent copper compounds, copper (II) oxide, copper (II) chloride, bromide Divalent copper compounds such as copper (II) are preferably divalent copper compounds, more preferably copper (II) chloride. Moreover, these copper compounds can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述銅化合物之使用量,相對於DNCMS1莫耳較佳為1.0~50莫耳,又更佳為4.0~20莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned copper compound is preferably 1.0-50 moles, more preferably 4.0-20 moles relative to 1 mole of DNCMS.

本反應也可使用前述醇化合物以外之有機溶劑。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應則不特別限定,例如:脂肪族羧酸類(例如:甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、三氟乙酸等)、有機磺酸類(例如:甲磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等)、酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)等。較佳為脂肪族烴類、芳香族烴類、鹵化烴類、鹵化芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。In this reaction, an organic solvent other than the aforementioned alcohol compound can also be used. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: aliphatic carboxylic acids (such as: formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.), organic sulfonic acids (such as: methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc.) etc.), ketones (such as: acetone, butanone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (such as: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), amides (such as: N , N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethylimidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as : diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylenedioxybenzene, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as : chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons ( For example: dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), carboxylic acid esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (such as: Acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), pyrenes (eg, dimethylsulfene, etc.), pyrenes (eg, cyclobutene, etc.), and the like. Preferred are aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, and halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述有機溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性適當調節,相對於DNCMS1g,較佳為1~100g,又更佳為5~50g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned organic solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 1-100 g, more preferably 5-50 g relative to 1 g of DNCMS.

本反應,例如可利傭有機溶劑中將DNCMS及醇化合物、鈀觸媒與銅化合物混合,於一氧化碳之氣體環境下攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為-20~100℃,又更佳為0~50℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by mixing DNCMS, alcohol compound, palladium catalyst and copper compound in an organic solvent, and stirring in an atmosphere of carbon monoxide. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20~100°C, more preferably 0~50°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

(第5步驟) 第5步驟中,藉由第4步驟獲得之DNMTE之脱甲烷磺醯基化反應,合成1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7,8,9a-十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(DMHAE)。此第5步驟獲得之化合物,為前述化學式(M-3)表示之四酯化合物,係新穎之化合物。(step 5) In the fifth step, 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7,8,9a-decahydro-1,4 was synthesized by the demethanylsulfonylation reaction of DNMTE obtained in the fourth step: Tetramethyl 5,8-dimethylpyrthracene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylate (DMHAE). The compound obtained in the fifth step is a tetraester compound represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-3), which is a novel compound.

本反應,可利用例如將DNMTE於有機溶劑中,視需要邊加熱邊攪拌等方法實施。此時之反應溫度較佳為-20~200℃,又更佳為25~180℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out, for example, by a method such as dissolving DNMTE in an organic solvent, stirring while heating if necessary. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20~200°C, more preferably 25~180°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應,即使在反應液中不添加鹼也可藉由加熱並攪拌以進行,但為了捕捉副生之強酸性之甲磺酸,宜使用鹼。使用之鹼只要不妨礙反應則不特別限定,例如:二丁胺、哌啶、2-甲哌啶等二級胺類;三乙胺、三丁胺等三級胺類;吡啶、甲基吡啶、二甲胺基吡啶等吡啶類;喹啉、異喹啉、甲基喹啉等喹啉類;氫化鈉、氫化鉀等鹼金屬氫化物;甲醇鈉、乙醇鈉、異丙醇鈉、第三丁醇鉀等鹼金屬醇鹽;碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸鋰等鹼金屬碳酸鹽;碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等鹼金屬碳酸氫鹽;氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物,較佳為三級胺類、吡啶類、喹啉類、鹼金屬碳酸鹽。又,該等鹼可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction can be carried out by heating and stirring even without adding a base to the reaction liquid, but in order to capture the by-product strongly acidic methanesulfonic acid, a base is preferably used. The base used is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the reaction, for example: secondary amines such as dibutylamine, piperidine, and 2-methylpiperidine; tertiary amines such as triethylamine and tributylamine; pyridine and picoline , dimethylaminopyridine and other pyridines; quinoline, isoquinoline, methyl quinoline and other quinolines; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride; sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium isopropoxide, third Alkali metal alkoxides such as potassium butoxide; Alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and lithium carbonate; Alkali metal bicarbonates such as sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate; Alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide , preferably tertiary amines, pyridines, quinolines, and alkali metal carbonates. Moreover, these bases can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述鹼之使用量,相對於DNMTE1莫耳,較佳為1.5~5莫耳,又更佳為1.8~3莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned alkali is preferably 1.5-5 moles, more preferably 1.8-3 moles relative to 1 mole of DNMTE.

本反應通常於有機溶劑中進行。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應則不特別限定,例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺等醯胺類;N,N-二甲基咪唑啶酮等尿素類;二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等亞碸類;乙腈、丙腈等腈類;甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類;二異丙醚、二 烷、四氫呋喃、環丙基甲醚等醚類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;己烷、環己烷、庚烷、辛烷等脂肪族烴類;二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯等鹵化烴類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯類;丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基異丁酮等,較佳為醯胺類、尿素類、腈類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually carried out in an organic solvent. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the reaction, for example: N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethyl Amides such as isobutylamide; Ureas such as N,N-dimethylimidazolidinone; Dimethylidene, cyclobutylene and other ureas; Nitriles such as acetonitrile and propionitrile; Methanol, ethanol, Alcohols such as n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol and tertiary butanol; ethers such as diisopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and cyclopropyl methyl ether; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene and xylene ; Hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, octane and other aliphatic hydrocarbons; dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and other halogenated hydrocarbons; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and other esters Class; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc., preferably amides, urea, nitriles. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述有機溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性適當調節,相對於DNMTE1g較佳為1~100g,又更佳為2~50g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned organic solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 1-100 g relative to 1 g of DNMTE, and more preferably 2-50 g.

(第6步驟) 第6步驟,藉由第5步驟獲得之DMHAE之芳香族化反應(氧化反應),合成1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-八氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(DMAME)。此第6步驟獲得之化合物,為前述化學式(M-2)表示之四酯化合物,係新穎之化合物。(step 6) In the sixth step, 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octahydro-1,4:5,8- Dimethylpyronate-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid tetramethyl ester (DMAME). The compound obtained in the sixth step is a tetraester compound represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-2), which is a novel compound.

本反應例如可利用將DMHAE與用以芳香族化之氧化劑於溶劑中視需要邊加熱邊攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為25~150℃,又更佳為40~120℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out, for example, by a method such as heating and stirring DMHAE and an oxidizing agent for aromatization in a solvent as necessary. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 25-150°C, more preferably 40-120°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應中,為了芳香族化,使用氧化劑。使用之氧化劑只要是不妨礙反應者即不特別限定,例如可使用2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基-對苯醌、四氯苯醌等苯醌類。In this reaction, an oxidizing agent is used for aromatization. The oxidizing agent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the reaction. For example, benzoquinones such as 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone and chloranil can be used.

前述氧化劑之使用量,相對於DMHAE1莫耳較佳為0.5~5莫耳,又更佳為0.8~3莫耳。The amount of the aforementioned oxidizing agent is preferably 0.5-5 moles, more preferably 0.8-3 moles relative to 1 mole of DMHAE.

本反應通常係於溶劑中進行。使用之溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:水;N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺等醯胺類;N,N-二甲基咪唑啶酮等尿素類;乙腈、丙腈等腈類;甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類;二異丙醚、二 烷、四氫呋喃、環丙基甲醚等醚類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;己烷、環己烷、庚烷、辛烷等脂肪族烴類;二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯等鹵化烴類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯類;丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基異丁酮等,較佳為芳香族烴類、鹵化烴類、醚類、醇類、水。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the reaction, for example: water; N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide Amides such as isobutylamide; N, N-dimethyl imidazolidinone and other urea; Acetonitrile, propionitrile and other nitriles; Methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, Alcohols such as tributanol; Ethers such as diisopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopropyl methyl ether; Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; Hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, octane Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and other halogenated hydrocarbons; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and other esters; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc., Preferred are aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, ethers, alcohols, and water. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,但相對於DMHAE1g較佳為1~100g,又更佳為2~50g。The usage amount of the aforementioned solvent can be properly adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, but it is preferably 1-100 g relative to 1 g of DMHAE, and more preferably 2-50 g.

(第7步驟) 第7步驟中,利用第6步驟獲得之DMAME之無水化反應,合成3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮(DMADA)。此第7步驟獲得之化合物係前述化學式(M-1)表示之四羧酸二酐。(step 7) In the seventh step, 3a, 4, 6, 6a, 9a, 10, 12, 12a-octahydro-1H, 3H-4, 12: 6, 10-di Meclidanthrano[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraone (DMADA). The compound obtained in the seventh step is tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-1).

本反應可利用例如將DMAME於酸觸媒存在下於有機溶劑中邊加熱邊攪拌等方法以進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為50~130℃,又更佳為80~120℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, heating and stirring DMAME in an organic solvent in the presence of an acid catalyst. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 50-130°C, more preferably 80-120°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用酸觸媒。本反應使用之酸觸媒只要是酸即不特別限制,例如:鹽酸、氫溴酸、氫碘酸、硫酸、氯硫酸、硝酸等無機酸類;甲磺酸、苯磺酸、對甲苯磺酸等有機磺酸類;氯乙酸、三氟乙酸等鹵化羧酸類、離子交換樹脂、硫酸矽膠、沸石、酸性氧化鋁等,較佳為無機酸類、有機磺酸類,又更佳為有機磺酸類。又,該等酸可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses an acid catalyst. The acid catalyst used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is an acid, for example: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, chlorosulfuric acid, nitric acid and other inorganic acids; methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc. Organic sulfonic acids; halogenated carboxylic acids such as chloroacetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, ion exchange resins, silica gel sulfate, zeolite, acidic alumina, etc., preferably inorganic acids and organic sulfonic acids, and more preferably organic sulfonic acids. Moreover, these acids can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述酸觸媒之使用量,相對於DMAME1莫耳較佳為0.0001~0.1莫耳,更佳為0.001~0.05莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned acid catalyst is preferably 0.0001-0.1 mole, more preferably 0.001-0.05 mole relative to 1 mole of DMAME.

本反應宜於溶劑中進行較佳。使用之溶劑宜為甲酸、乙酸、丙酸等有機酸溶劑為較佳。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent. The solvent used should be an organic acid solvent such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, etc. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於DMAME1g,較佳為0.1~100g,又更佳為1~10g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction solution, and it is preferably 0.1-100 g, and more preferably 1-10 g, relative to 1 g of DMAME.

各反應之詳情依實施例説明,但該技術領域中有通常知識者可以變更溶劑、進料量、反應條件等,又,各反應之結束後,可利用例如:過濾、萃取、蒸餾、昇華、再結晶、管柱層析等一般的方法實施反應產物之單離、精製等。The details of each reaction are described in accordance with the examples, but those with ordinary knowledge in this technical field can change the solvent, feed amount, reaction conditions, etc., and after each reaction is completed, for example, filtration, extraction, distillation, sublimation, General methods such as recrystallization and column chromatography are used to isolate and purify the reaction product.

以下說明前述化學式(M-4)表示之四羧酸二酐之製造方法。The manufacturing method of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by said chemical formula (M-4) is demonstrated below.

前述化學式(M-4)表示之四羧酸二酐,可參考Helv. Chim. Acta. 1975, 58, 160, Macromolecules 1993, 26, 3490等,例如依以下所示之反應方案合成。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-4) can be synthesized according to the following reaction scheme with reference to Helv. Chim. Acta. 1975, 58, 160, Macromolecules 1993, 26, 3490, etc.

[化46]

Figure 02_image109
式中,X11 、X12 各自獨立地為-F、-Cl、-Br、或-I,R21 、R22 、R23 、R24 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基。[chem 46]
Figure 02_image109
In the formula, X 11 and X 12 are each independently -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I, and R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , and R 24 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons.

(第1步驟) 第1步驟中,使5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸酐(NA)與1,3-丁二烯反應,合成3a,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a-八氫-4,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮(OMNA)。此第1步驟獲得之化合物係前述化學式(M-7)表示之二羧酸酐,為新穎之化合物。(step 1) In the first step, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride (NA) is reacted with 1,3-butadiene to synthesize 3a, 4, 4a, 5, 8, 8a, 9, 9a- Hydrogen-4,9-methanonaphtho[2,3-c]furan-1,3-dione (OMNA). The compound obtained in the first step is the dicarboxylic acid anhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-7), which is a novel compound.

本反應可藉由例如在高壓釜等耐壓容器中裝入NA,導入1,3-丁二烯,加熱並攪拌等方法以進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為80~220℃,又更佳為100~180℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out, for example, by charging NA in a pressure vessel such as an autoclave, introducing 1,3-butadiene, and heating and stirring. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 80-220°C, more preferably 100-180°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

前述1,3-丁二烯之使用量,相對於NA1莫耳,較佳為0.5~5莫耳,又更佳為0.8~3莫耳。The usage-amount of the aforementioned 1,3-butadiene is preferably 0.5-5 moles, more preferably 0.8-3 moles relative to 1 moles of NA.

本反應可使用也可不使用有機溶劑。使用之溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧基苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)、苯酚類(苯酚、甲基苯酚、對氯苯酚等)等。較佳為使用脂肪族烴類、及芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction may or may not use an organic solvent. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: ketones (such as: acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (such as: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane alkanes, etc.), amides (for example: N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethyl imidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylenedioxybenzene, etc. ), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene chlorobenzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (such as: methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), carboxyl Esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (such as: acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), sulfides (such as: dimethylsulfoxide, etc.), Phenols (such as cyclobutane, etc.), phenols (phenol, methylphenol, p-chlorophenol, etc.), etc. Preferably, aliphatic hydrocarbons and aromatic hydrocarbons are used. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

使用有機溶劑時,前述有機溶劑之使用量可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於NA1g,較佳為0.1~100g,又更佳為1~50g。When an organic solvent is used, the usage amount of the aforementioned organic solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction solution. Relative to 1 g of NA, it is preferably 0.1-100 g, and more preferably 1-50 g.

(第2步驟) 第2步驟中,使第1步驟獲得之OMNA與作為二鹵化劑之溴反應,合成6,7-二溴十氫-4,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮(DBDNA;於此情形X11 、X12 為-Br)。也可將溴替換為使用後述其他的二鹵化劑。此第2步驟獲得之化合物係前述化學式(M-6)表示之二鹵代二羧酸酐,為新穎之化合物。(2nd step) In the 2nd step, the OMNA obtained in the 1st step is reacted with bromine as a dihalogenating agent to synthesize 6,7-dibromodecahydro-4,9-methonaphtho[2,3-c ]furan-1,3-dione (DBDNA; in this case X 11 , X 12 are —Br). Instead of bromine, other dihalogenating agents described later may be used. The compound obtained in the second step is the dihalogenated dicarboxylic anhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-6), which is a novel compound.

本反應可利用例如將OMNA與二鹵化劑在有機溶劑中混合並攪拌等方法以進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為-100~50℃,又更佳為-80~30℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, mixing and stirring OMNA and a dihalogenating agent in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -100~50°C, more preferably -80~30°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用溴等二鹵化劑。本反應使用之二鹵化劑只要可以將烯烴予以二鹵化即不特別限定,可以列舉氟、氯、溴、碘等鹵素類、及其吡啶鹽、銨鹽、三溴吡啶、三溴苄基三甲基銨等三溴化物鹽、氟化氯、氯化溴、氯化碘、溴化碘、三溴化碘等鹵化合物、及其吡啶鹽、銨鹽等,較佳為鹵素類,尤佳為溴。In this reaction, a dihalogenating agent such as bromine is used. The dihalogenating agent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it can dihalogenate the olefin, and examples include halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, and pyridinium salts, ammonium salts, tribromopyridine, and tribromobenzyltrimethyl Tribromide salts such as ammonium tribromide, chlorine fluoride, bromine chloride, iodine chloride, iodine bromide, iodine tribromide and other halogen compounds, and pyridinium salts, ammonium salts, etc., preferably halogens, especially bromine.

前述二鹵化劑之使用量,相對於OMNA1莫耳,較佳為0.5~5莫耳,又更佳為0.8~2莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned dihalogenating agent is preferably 0.5-5 moles, more preferably 0.8-2 moles relative to 1 mole of OMNA.

本反應通常於有機溶劑中進行。使用之溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)、苯酚類(苯酚、甲基苯酚、對氯苯酚)等。較佳為脂肪族烴類、鹵化烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually carried out in an organic solvent. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: ketones (such as: acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (such as: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane alkanes, etc.), amides (for example: N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethyl imidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylene dioxide, etc.) , aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene Benzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), carboxylic acids Esters (e.g. ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (e.g. acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), sulfides (e.g. dimethyl sulfide, etc.), sulfides Classes (such as cyclobutylene, etc.), phenols (phenol, methylphenol, p-chlorophenol), etc. Preferable are aliphatic hydrocarbons and halogenated hydrocarbons. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述有機溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於OMNA1g,較佳為0.1~100g,又更佳為1~50g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned organic solvent can be properly adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction solution. Relative to 1 g of OMNA, it is preferably 0.1-100 g, and more preferably 1-50 g.

(第3步驟) 第3步驟中,使第2步驟獲得之DBDNA與馬來酸酐反應,合成3a,4,4a,5,5a,8a,9,9a,10,10a-十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(EEMDA)。此第3步驟獲得之化合物為R7 係-CH=CH-之前述化學式(M-4)表示之四羧酸二酐,為新穎之化合物。(The third step) In the third step, the DBDNA obtained in the second step is reacted with maleic anhydride to synthesize 3a, 4, 4a, 5, 5a, 8a, 9, 9a, 10, 10a-decahydro-1H, 3H -4,10-Etho-5,9-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraone (EEMDA). The compound obtained in the third step is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-4) in which R 7 is -CH=CH-, and is a novel compound.

本反應可利用例如將DBDNA與馬來酸酐混合,加熱並攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為100~250℃,又更佳為120~230℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, mixing DBDNA and maleic anhydride, heating and stirring. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 100-250°C, more preferably 120-230°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

前述馬來酸酐之使用量,相對於DBDNA1莫耳通常為1莫耳以上,較佳為2莫耳以上,又更佳為4莫耳以上。The amount of maleic anhydride used is usually 1 mol or more, preferably 2 mol or more, and more preferably 4 mol or more, relative to 1 mol of DBDNA.

本反應係將固體DBDNA與馬來酸酐混合並進行反應。馬來酸酐相對於DBDNA之理論必要量為1莫耳,但使用約1莫耳時,有時反應結束後之反應物會在反應容器內固化而難以取出。另一方面,馬來酸酐(熔點52-56℃)以超過等莫耳之量使用時,因為反應溫度高於馬來酸酐之熔點,因此過量的馬來酸酐為液體,作為溶劑的作用,反應系變成懸浮液。反應結束後,從反應溫度冷卻到適合作業的溫度(例如:100℃左右)後,添加有機溶劑到系內並過濾的話,可取得高純度之EEMDA。In this reaction, solid DBDNA and maleic anhydride are mixed and reacted. The theoretically necessary amount of maleic anhydride relative to DBDNA is 1 mole, but when using about 1 mole, the reactant after the reaction may solidify in the reaction container and be difficult to take out. On the other hand, when maleic anhydride (melting point 52-56°C) is used in an amount of more than equimolar, because the reaction temperature is higher than the melting point of maleic anhydride, the excess maleic anhydride is liquid, and acts as a solvent to react system becomes a suspension. After the reaction is completed, after cooling from the reaction temperature to a temperature suitable for operation (for example: about 100°C), adding an organic solvent into the system and filtering, high-purity EEMDA can be obtained.

反應後添加之有機溶劑,例如:酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)等。較佳為脂肪族烴類、及芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。Organic solvents added after the reaction, such as: ketones (such as: acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (such as: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), acyl Amines (such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide, etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethyl imidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylene dioxide, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (for example: benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (for example: chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, etc.), nitric acid Hydrogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (such as methylene chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), carboxylic acid esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (such as: acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), sulfides (such as: dimethylsulfoxide, etc.), sulfides (such as: cyclic Ding Ting, etc.) and so on. Preferable are aliphatic hydrocarbons and aromatic hydrocarbons. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述有機溶劑之使用量,可利用製備之溶液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於DBDNA1g較佳為0.1~30mL,又更佳為0.5~20mL。The usage amount of the aforementioned organic solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the homogeneity and agitation of the prepared solution, and it is preferably 0.1-30 mL, and more preferably 0.5-20 mL relative to 1 g of DBDNA.

(第4步驟) 第4步驟中,使第3步驟獲得之EEMDA與甲醇類反應而合成1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-八氫-1,4-乙橋-5,8-甲橋萘-6,7,10,11-四羧酸四甲酯(EEMDE;於此情形,R21 ~R24 為甲基)。也可以將甲醇替換成所望之酯化合物所對應之其他之醇化合物。此第4步驟獲得之化合物係R7 為-CH=CH-之前述化學式(M-5)表示之四酯化合物,乃新穎之化合物。(4th step) In the 4th step, the EEMDA obtained in the 3rd step is reacted with methanol to synthesize 1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-1,4-ethano-5 , Tetramethyl 8-methyronaphthyl-6,7,10,11-tetracarboxylate (EEMDE; in this case, R 21 ~R 24 are methyl). It is also possible to replace methanol with other alcohol compounds corresponding to the desired ester compound. The compound obtained in the fourth step is a tetraester compound represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-5) in which R 7 is -CH=CH-, and is a novel compound.

本反應可利用例如於酸存在下將EEMDA、原酯類、及醇類混合並攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為20~150℃,又更佳為50~100℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, mixing and stirring EEMDA, orthoesters, and alcohols in the presence of an acid. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 20-150°C, more preferably 50-100°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用酸。本反應使用之酸無特殊限制,例如:鹽酸、氫溴酸、氫碘酸、硫酸、氯硫酸、硝酸等無機酸類;甲磺酸、苯磺酸、對甲苯磺酸等有機磺酸類;氯乙酸、三氟乙酸等鹵化羧酸類、離子交換樹脂、硫酸矽膠、沸石、酸性氧化鋁等,較佳為無機酸類、有機磺酸類,又更佳為無機酸類。又,該等酸可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses an acid. The acid used in this reaction is not particularly limited, for example: inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, chlorosulfuric acid, nitric acid; organic sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid; chloroacetic acid , trifluoroacetic acid and other halogenated carboxylic acids, ion exchange resins, silica gel sulfate, zeolite, acidic alumina, etc., preferably inorganic acids and organic sulfonic acids, and more preferably inorganic acids. Moreover, these acids can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述酸之使用量,相對於EEMDA1莫耳,較佳為0.01~10莫耳,更佳為0.05~3莫耳。The usage-amount of the aforementioned acid is preferably 0.01-10 moles, more preferably 0.05-3 moles relative to 1 mole of EEMDA.

本反應使用醇化合物。本反應使用之醇化合物,例如:甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、戊醇、甲氧基乙醇、乙氧基乙醇、乙二醇、三乙二醇等,較佳為甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇,又更佳為甲醇、乙醇。又,該等醇化合物可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses an alcohol compound. Alcohol compounds used in this reaction, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol, third butanol, amyl alcohol, methoxyethanol, ethoxyethanol, ethylene glycol Alcohol, triethylene glycol, etc., preferably methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, more preferably methanol, ethanol. Moreover, these alcohol compounds can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述醇化合物之使用量,相對於EEMDA1g,較佳為0.1~200g,又更佳為1~100g。The usage-amount of the said alcohol compound is preferably 0.1-200 g with respect to EEMDA1g, More preferably, it is 1-100g.

本反應也可使用前述醇類以外之有機溶劑。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:脂肪族羧酸類(例如:甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、三氟乙酸等)、有機磺酸類(例如:甲磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等)、酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)等。較佳為脂肪族烴類、芳香族烴類、鹵化烴類、鹵化芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。In this reaction, organic solvents other than the aforementioned alcohols can also be used. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: aliphatic carboxylic acids (for example: formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.), organic sulfonic acids (for example: methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc.) etc.), ketones (such as: acetone, butanone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (such as: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), amides (such as: N , N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethylimidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as : diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylene dioxide, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as : chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons ( For example: dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), carboxylic acid esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (such as: Acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), pyrenes (eg, dimethylsulfene, etc.), pyrenes (eg, cyclobutene, etc.), and the like. Preferred are aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, and halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述醇類以外之有機溶劑之使用量,相對於EEMDA1g,較佳為0.1~200g,又更佳為1~100g。The usage-amount of the organic solvent other than the aforementioned alcohols is preferably 0.1 to 200 g, more preferably 1 to 100 g, relative to 1 g of EEMDA.

本反應可使用原酯類。使用之原酯類可列舉下式表示之化合物,例如:原甲酸三甲酯、原甲酸三乙酯,較佳為原甲酸三甲酯。Orthoesters can be used in this reaction. The orthoesters used may include compounds represented by the following formulas, for example: trimethyl orthoformate, triethyl orthoformate, preferably trimethyl orthoformate.

[化47]

Figure 02_image111
[chem 47]
Figure 02_image111

式中,Rf 為氫原子、或碳數1~5之烷基,較佳為氫原子、甲基,更佳為氫原子。又,Re 為碳數1~5之烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基,更佳為甲基。3個Re 可相同也可不同,宜為相同較佳。In the formula, R f is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom. Also, R e is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group. The three R e may be the same or different, preferably the same.

前述原酯類之使用量,相對於EEMDA1g,較佳為0.5g以上,又更佳為1~5g。The usage-amount of the aforementioned raw esters is preferably 0.5 g or more, more preferably 1 to 5 g, relative to 1 g of EEMDA.

(第5步驟) 第5步驟中,使第4步驟獲得之EEMDE與氫反應,合成十氫-1,4-乙橋-5,8-甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(EMDE)。此第5步驟獲得之化合物,係R7 為-CH2 CH2 -之前述化學式(M-5)表示之四酯化合物,乃新穎之化合物。(5th step) In the 5th step, the EEMDE obtained in the 4th step is reacted with hydrogen to synthesize decahydro-1,4-ethano-5,8-methyronaphthyl-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic Tetramethyl Ester (EMDE). The compound obtained in the fifth step is a tetraester compound represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-5) in which R 7 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, and is a novel compound.

本反應可藉由例如將EEMDE與金屬觸媒於溶劑中混合,於氫氣環境下視需要邊加熱邊攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為0~150℃,又更佳為10~120℃。反應壓力較佳為0.1~20MPa,又更佳為0.1~5MPa。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, mixing EEMDE and a metal catalyst in a solvent, heating and stirring as necessary under a hydrogen atmosphere, and the like. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably from 0 to 150°C, more preferably from 10 to 120°C. The reaction pressure is preferably 0.1-20 MPa, more preferably 0.1-5 MPa.

本反應使用氫。使用之氫之量相對於EEMDE1莫耳較佳為0.8~100莫耳,又更佳為1~50莫耳。This reaction uses hydrogen. The amount of hydrogen used is preferably 0.8-100 moles, more preferably 1-50 moles relative to 1 mole of EEMDE.

本反應使用金屬觸媒。使用之金屬觸媒只要是可將EEMDE之結構中之烯烴部分予以氫化者即可,不特別限定,例如:銠系觸媒(銠碳、威爾金森錯合物等)鈀系觸媒(鈀碳、鈀氧化鋁、鈀矽膠等)、鉑系觸媒(鉑碳、鉑氧化鋁等)、鎳系觸媒(倫尼鎳觸媒、海綿鎳觸媒等)。較佳為銠系觸媒、鈀系觸媒,又更佳為銠系觸媒。This reaction uses a metal catalyst. The metal catalyst used is not particularly limited as long as it can hydrogenate the olefin part in the structure of EEMDE, for example: rhodium-based catalyst (rhodium carbon, Wilkinson complex, etc.) palladium-based catalyst (palladium carbon, palladium alumina, palladium silica gel, etc.), platinum catalysts (platinum carbon, platinum alumina, etc.), nickel catalysts (Lenny nickel catalyst, sponge nickel catalyst, etc.). Preferred are rhodium-based catalysts and palladium-based catalysts, and more preferably rhodium-based catalysts.

前述金屬觸媒之使用量,按金屬原子換算,相對於EEMDE1莫耳較佳為0.0001~1莫耳,又更佳為0.001~0.8莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned metal catalyst is preferably 0.0001-1 mole, more preferably 0.001-0.8 mole, relative to 1 mole of EEMDE in terms of metal atoms.

本反應宜使用溶劑較佳。使用之溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:水、醇類(甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇等)、酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)、苯酚類(苯酚、甲基苯酚、對氯苯酚)等。較佳為醇類、醯胺類、脂肪族烴類、及芳香族烴類。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction preferably uses a solvent. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: water, alcohols (methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol, third butanol, etc.), ketones ( For example: acetone, butanone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (for example: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), amides (for example: N,N-dimethyl Formamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylisobutylamide, etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethylimidazolidinone etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylene dioxide, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), Halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: nitrobenzene etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (such as dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), carboxylic acid esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc. ), nitriles (such as: acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), sulfides (such as: dimethylsulfoxide, etc.), nitriles (such as: cyclobutylene, etc.), phenols (phenol, methyl phenol, p-chlorophenol), etc. Preferred are alcohols, amides, aliphatic hydrocarbons, and aromatic hydrocarbons. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量,可以利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於EEMDE1g,較佳為0.1~100g,又更佳為1~50g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned solvent can be appropriately adjusted by taking advantage of the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 0.1-100 g, more preferably 1-50 g relative to 1 g of EEMDE.

(第6步驟) 第6步驟中,藉由第5步驟獲得之EMDE之無水化反應,合成十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(EMDA)。此第6步驟獲得之化合物係R7 為-CH2 CH2 -之前述化學式(M-4)表示之四羧酸二酐。(Step 6) In step 6, decahydro-1H,3H-4,10-ethano-5,9-methonaphtho[2,3 -c: 6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraone (EMDA). The compound obtained in the sixth step is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-4) in which R 7 is -CH 2 CH 2 - .

本反應可藉由例如將EMDE於酸觸媒存在下在有機溶劑中邊加熱邊攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為50~130℃,又更佳為80~120℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, heating EMDE in an organic solvent in the presence of an acid catalyst while stirring. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 50-130°C, more preferably 80-120°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用酸觸媒。本反應使用之酸觸媒只要是酸即無特殊限制,例如:鹽酸、氫溴酸、氫碘酸、硫酸、氯硫酸、硝酸等無機酸類;甲磺酸、苯磺酸、對甲苯磺酸等有機磺酸類;氯乙酸、三氟乙酸等鹵化羧酸類、離子交換樹脂、硫酸矽膠、沸石、酸性氧化鋁等,較佳為無機酸類、有機磺酸類,又更佳為有機磺酸類。又,該等酸可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses an acid catalyst. The acid catalyst used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is an acid, for example: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, chlorosulfuric acid, nitric acid and other inorganic acids; methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc. Organic sulfonic acids; halogenated carboxylic acids such as chloroacetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, ion exchange resins, silica gel sulfate, zeolite, acidic alumina, etc., preferably inorganic acids and organic sulfonic acids, and more preferably organic sulfonic acids. Moreover, these acids can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述酸觸媒之使用量,相對於EMDE1莫耳,較佳為0.001~0.5莫耳,更佳為0.001~0.2莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned acid catalyst is preferably 0.001-0.5 mole, more preferably 0.001-0.2 mole relative to 1 mole of EMDE.

本反應宜於溶劑中進行為較佳。使用之溶劑宜為甲酸、乙酸、丙酸等有機酸溶劑較佳。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent. The solvent used should be organic acid solvents such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於EMDE1g,較佳為0.1~100g,又更佳為1~10g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction solution, and it is preferably 0.1-100 g, more preferably 1-10 g relative to 1 g of EMDE.

各反應之詳情依實施例説明,該技術領域中有通常知識者可以變更溶劑、進料量、反應條件等,又,各反應之結束後,可利用例如:過濾、萃取、蒸餾、昇華、再結晶、管柱層析等一般的方法實施反應產物之單離、精製等。The details of each reaction are explained in accordance with the examples. Those with ordinary knowledge in this technical field can change the solvent, feed amount, reaction conditions, etc., and after each reaction is completed, for example: filtration, extraction, distillation, sublimation, resublimation, etc. can be used. General methods such as crystallization and column chromatography are used to isolate and purify the reaction product.

依本發明,可以提供係給予前述化學式(A-2)之結構之四羧酸成分之前述化學式(M-9)表示之四羧酸二酐之新穎之製造方法。以下說明其製造方法。According to this invention, the novel manufacturing method of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the said chemical formula (M-9) which is the tetracarboxylic acid component which gives the structure of the said chemical formula (A-2) can be provided. The production method thereof will be described below.

前述化學式(M-9)表示之四羧酸二酐,可以參考Can. J. Chem. 1975, 53, 256, Tetrahedron Lett. 2003, 44, 561等,例如依照以下所示之反應方案合成。在此,係以R4 為-CH2 -之化學式(M-9)表示之四羧酸二酐,亦即3a,4,10,10a-四氫-1H,3H-4,10-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(BNDA)為例説明,但也可同樣製造其他四羧酸二酐。The tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-9) can be synthesized according to the following reaction scheme with reference to Can. J. Chem. 1975, 53, 256, Tetrahedron Lett. 2003, 44, 561, etc. Here, it is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the chemical formula (M-9) in which R 4 is -CH 2 -, that is, 3a, 4, 10, 10a-tetrahydro-1H, 3H-4, 10-methyl bridge Naphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c′]difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraketone (BNDA) is used as an example, but other tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can be similarly produced.

[化48]

Figure 02_image113
式中,R31 、R32 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、或苯基,R33 、R34 各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基。[chem 48]
Figure 02_image113
In the formula, R 31 and R 32 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, or a phenyl group, and R 33 and R 34 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons.

(第1步驟) 第1步驟中,合成R4 為-CH2 -之化學式(M-9)之四羧酸二酐(BNDA)時,係使順式-1,4-二氯-2-丁烯(DCB)與環戊二烯(CP)反應,而合成5,6-雙(氯甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯(BCMN)。合成R4 係-CH2 CH2 -之化學式(M-9)之四羧酸二酐時,在此,只要將環戊二烯(CP)替換為1,3-環己二烯,和DCB反應即可。(1st step) In the 1st step, when synthesizing the tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BNDA) of chemical formula (M-9) in which R 4 is -CH 2 -, cis-1,4-dichloro-2- Butene (DCB) reacts with cyclopentadiene (CP) to synthesize 5,6-bis(chloromethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene (BCMN). When synthesizing the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of the chemical formula (M-9) whose R 4 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, here, just replace cyclopentadiene (CP) with 1,3-cyclohexadiene, and DCB Just react.

本反應可藉由例如將DCB與CP混合並攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為50~250℃,又更佳為150~220℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be performed, for example, by mixing and stirring DCB and CP. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 50-250°C, more preferably 150-220°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

CP係二環戊二烯(DCP)之單體,可藉由將DCP於160~200℃加熱以定量地取得CP。在此第1步驟使用之CP,也可藉由DCP之熱分解而使其在系中發生後使用。DCP係方案中所示之化合物。CP is a monomer of dicyclopentadiene (DCP), and CP can be obtained quantitatively by heating DCP at 160~200°C. The CP used in the first step can also be used after it is generated in the system by thermal decomposition of DCP. DCP is the compound shown in the scheme.

前述CP之使用量,相對於DCB1莫耳,較佳為0.2~10莫耳,又更佳為0.5~5莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned CP is preferably 0.2-10 moles, more preferably 0.5-5 moles relative to 1 mole of DCB.

本反應可使用也可不使用有機溶劑。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:脂肪族羧酸類(例如:甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、三氟乙酸等)、有機磺酸類(例如:甲磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等)、醇類(例如:甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、第三丁醇、乙二醇、三乙二醇等)、酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)、苯酚類(苯酚、甲基苯酚、對氯苯酚等)等。較佳為脂肪族烴類、及芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction may or may not use an organic solvent. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: aliphatic carboxylic acids (for example: formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.), organic sulfonic acids (for example: methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc.) etc.), alcohols (e.g. methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tertiary butanol, ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, etc.), ketones (e.g. acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic Hydrocarbons (for example: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), amides (for example: N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethylimidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylene Benzene dioxide, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1 , 4-dichlorobenzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (such as: dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane etc.), carboxylic acid esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (such as: acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), sulfides (such as: dimethyl sulfide Phenol, etc.), Pyrene (such as cyclobutane, etc.), phenols (phenol, methylphenol, p-chlorophenol, etc.), etc. Preferable are aliphatic hydrocarbons and aromatic hydrocarbons. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

使用有機溶劑時,前述有機溶劑之使用量可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於DCB1g,較佳為0.2~10g,又更佳為0.3~5g。When an organic solvent is used, the usage amount of the aforementioned organic solvent can be properly adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 0.2-10 g, more preferably 0.3-5 g relative to 1 g of DCB.

(第2步驟) 第2步驟中,利用第1步驟獲得之BCMN與鹼之反應進行脱氯化氫化,合成5,6-二亞甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯(CYDE)。(step 2) In the second step, the reaction of BCMN obtained in the first step with a base is used for dehydrochlorination to synthesize 5,6-dimethylenebicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene (CYDE).

本反應可藉由例如將BCMN與鹼在溶劑中混合並攪拌等方法以進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為0~150℃,又更佳為20~120℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be performed, for example, by mixing and stirring BCMN and a base in a solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 0-150°C, more preferably 20-120°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用鹼。本反應使用之鹼,例如:二丁胺、哌啶、2-甲哌啶等二級胺類;三乙胺、三丁胺等三級胺類;吡啶、甲基吡啶、二甲胺基吡啶等吡啶類;喹啉、異喹啉、甲基喹啉等喹啉類;氫化鈉、氫化鉀等鹼金屬氫化物;甲醇鈉、乙醇鈉、異丙醇鈉、第三丁醇鉀等鹼金屬醇鹽;碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀等鹼金屬碳酸鹽;碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀等鹼金屬碳酸氫鹽;氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等鹼金屬氫氧化物,較佳為三級胺類、鹼金屬醇鹽、鹼金屬碳酸鹽、鹼金屬氫氧化物。又,該等鹼可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses a base. The base used in this reaction, such as: secondary amines such as dibutylamine, piperidine, and 2-methylpiperidine; tertiary amines such as triethylamine and tributylamine; pyridine, picoline, and dimethylaminopyridine Pyridines such as quinoline, isoquinoline, methyl quinoline and other quinolines; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride; alkali metals such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodium isopropoxide and potassium tert-butoxide Alkoxides; alkali metal carbonates such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate; alkali metal bicarbonates such as sodium bicarbonate and potassium bicarbonate; alkali metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, preferably tertiary amines, Alkali metal alkoxides, alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal hydroxides. Moreover, these bases can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述鹼之使用量,相對於BCMN1莫耳,較佳為1~20莫耳,又更佳為1.5~10莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned alkali is preferably 1-20 moles, more preferably 1.5-10 moles relative to 1 mole of BCMN.

本反應通常宜於溶劑中進行。使用之溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:水、醇類(例如:甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、第三丁醇、乙二醇、三乙二醇等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)等。較佳為水、醇類、醚類。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually preferably carried out in a solvent. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: water, alcohols (such as: methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tertiary butanol, ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons ( For example: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), amides (for example: N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-formamide pyrrolidone, etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethyl imidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylene dioxide benzene etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), pyrenes (such as dimethylsulfoxide, etc.), pyrenes (such as cyclobutylene, etc.), etc. Water, alcohols and ethers are preferred. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於BCMN1g,較佳為0.1~100g,又更佳為0.2~50g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned solvent can be properly adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction solution, and it is preferably 0.1-100 g, and more preferably 0.2-50 g, relative to 1 g of BCMN.

(第3步驟) 第3步驟中,使第2步驟獲得之CYDE與乙炔二羧酸二甲酯(DMAD)反應,而合成1,4,5,8-四氫-1,4-甲橋萘-6,7-二羧酸二甲酯(CYME;於此情形R31 、R32 為甲基)。也可以將乙炔二羧酸二甲酯替換成後述其他的乙炔二羧酸二酯。(Third step) In the third step, the CYDE obtained in the second step is reacted with dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate (DMAD) to synthesize 1,4,5,8-tetrahydro-1,4-methynaphthalene -Dimethyl 6,7-dicarboxylate (CYME; in this case R 31 , R 32 are methyl). Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate may be replaced with another diester of acetylene dicarboxylate described later.

本反應可藉由例如將CYDE與DMAD於溶劑中混合並攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為0~150℃,又更佳為20~120℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out, for example, by mixing and stirring CYDE and DMAD in a solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 0-150°C, more preferably 20-120°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用如DMAD之乙炔二羧酸二酯。使用之乙炔二羧酸二酯選擇對應於所望之酯化合物者。本反應使用之乙炔二羧酸二酯可列舉乙炔二羧酸二甲酯、乙炔二羧酸二乙酯、乙炔二羧酸二丙酯等,較佳為乙炔二羧酸二甲酯、乙炔二羧酸二乙酯。又,乙炔二羧酸二苯酯也可使用。鍵結於乙炔之2個取代基可相同也可不同。This reaction uses an acetylenedicarboxylic acid diester such as DMAD. The diester of acetylene dicarboxylate used is selected to correspond to the desired ester compound. The acetylene dicarboxylate diester used in this reaction can include dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate, diethyl acetylene dicarboxylate, dipropyl acetylene dicarboxylate, etc., preferably dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate, acetylene dicarboxylate, etc. Diethyl carboxylate. In addition, diphenyl acetylene dicarboxylate can also be used. The two substituents bonded to acetylene may be the same or different.

前述DMAD等乙炔二羧酸二酯之使用量,相對於CYDE1莫耳較佳為0.8~20莫耳,又更佳為1~10莫耳。The amount of acetylene dicarboxylic acid diesters such as DMAD used is preferably 0.8-20 moles, more preferably 1-10 moles relative to 1 mole of CYDE.

本反應通常宜於溶劑中進行。使用之溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:水、醇類(例如:甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、第三丁醇、乙二醇、三乙二醇等)、酮類(例如:丙酮、丁酮、環己酮等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)、苯酚類(苯酚、甲基苯酚、對氯苯酚等)等。較佳為水、醇類、醚類、脂肪族烴類、芳香族烴類。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually preferably carried out in a solvent. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not hinder the reaction, for example: water, alcohols (for example: methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tertiary butanol, ethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, etc.), ketones (for example: acetone, butanone, cyclohexanone, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (such as: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), amides (such as: N,N-dimethylformamide Amines, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.), ureas (N,N'-dimethylimidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether , tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1,2-methylene dioxide, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: chlorobenzene, 1,2- Dichlorobenzene, 1,3-dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (such as: dichloromethane, chloroform, Carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), carboxylic acid esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (such as: acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile etc.), sulfones (eg, dimethylsulfoxide, etc.), sulfides (eg, cyclobutylene, etc.), phenols (phenol, methylphenol, p-chlorophenol, etc.), etc. Water, alcohols, ethers, aliphatic hydrocarbons, and aromatic hydrocarbons are preferred. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於CYME1g,較佳為0.2~200g,又更佳為0.3~100g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned solvent can be properly adjusted by taking advantage of the homogeneity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 0.2~200g, more preferably 0.3~100g relative to 1g of CYME.

(第4步驟) 第4步驟中,利用第3步驟獲得之CYME之芳香族化反應(氧化反應),合成1,4-二氫-1,4-甲橋萘-6,7-二羧酸二甲酯(CYPDM)。(step 4) In the 4th step, use the aromatization reaction (oxidation reaction) of CYME obtained in the 3rd step to synthesize 1,4-dihydro-1,4-methycin-6,7-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester (CYPDM ).

本反應可藉由例如將CYME與用以芳香族化之氧化劑於溶劑中攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為-20~150℃,又更佳為0~120℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, stirring CYME and an oxidizing agent for aromatization in a solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20~150°C, more preferably 0~120°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應中,為了芳香族化,使用氧化劑。使用之氧化劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,可以使用例如:2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基對苯醌、四氯苯醌等苯醌類。In this reaction, an oxidizing agent is used for aromatization. The oxidizing agent to be used is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the reaction. For example, benzoquinones such as 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone and chloranil can be used.

前述氧化劑之使用量,相對於CYME1莫耳,較佳為0.5~10莫耳,又更佳為0.8~5莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned oxidizing agent is preferably 0.5-10 moles, more preferably 0.8-5 moles relative to 1 mole of CYME.

本反應通常於溶劑中進行。使用之溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:水;N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺等醯胺類;N,N-二甲基咪唑啶酮等尿素類;乙腈、丙腈等腈類;甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類;二異丙醚、二 烷、四氫呋喃、環丙基甲醚等醚類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;己烷、環己烷、庚烷、辛烷等脂肪族烴類;二氯甲烷、氯仿、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯等鹵化烴類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯類;丙酮、甲乙酮、甲基異丁酮等,較佳為芳香族烴類、鹵化烴類、醚類、醇類、水。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is usually carried out in a solvent. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the reaction, for example: water; N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide Amides such as isobutylamide; N, N-dimethyl imidazolidinone and other urea; Acetonitrile, propionitrile and other nitriles; Methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, Alcohols such as tributanol; Ethers such as diisopropyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopropyl methyl ether; Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; Hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, octane Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and other halogenated hydrocarbons; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and other esters; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, etc., Preferred are aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, ethers, alcohols, and water. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量,可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於CYME1g,較佳為1~100g,又更佳為2~50g。The usage amount of the above-mentioned solvent can be properly adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction solution. Compared with 1 g of CYME, it is preferably 1-100 g, and more preferably 2-50 g.

(第5步驟) 第5步驟中,於鈀觸媒及銅化合物存在下使第4步驟獲得之CYPDM與甲醇類於一氧化碳反應,而合成1,2,3,4-四氫-1,4-甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(BNME;於此情形R31 ~R34 為甲基)。也可以將甲醇替換為對應於所望之酯化合物之其他之醇化合物。(5th step) In the 5th step, the CYPDM obtained in the 4th step is reacted with methanol in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a copper compound in the presence of carbon monoxide to synthesize 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4- Tetramethyl-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylate (BNME; in this case R 31 -R 34 are methyl). It is also possible to replace methanol with other alcohol compounds corresponding to the desired ester compound.

本反應可藉由例如於有機溶劑中將CYPDM及所望之酯化合物所對應之醇類、鈀觸媒及銅化合物混合,並在一氧化碳之氣體環境下攪拌等方法進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為-10~100℃,又更佳為-10~70℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out by, for example, mixing CYPDM, the alcohol corresponding to the desired ester compound, a palladium catalyst, and a copper compound in an organic solvent, and stirring in an atmosphere of carbon monoxide. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -10~100°C, more preferably -10~70°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用醇化合物。本反應使用之醇化合物,例如:甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、戊醇、甲氧基乙醇、乙氧基乙醇、乙二醇、三乙二醇等,較佳為甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇,又更佳為甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇。又,該等醇化合物可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses an alcohol compound. Alcohol compounds used in this reaction, such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol, third butanol, amyl alcohol, methoxyethanol, ethoxyethanol, ethylene glycol Alcohol, triethylene glycol, etc., preferably methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, more preferably methanol, ethanol, isopropanol. Moreover, these alcohol compounds can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述醇化合物之使用量,相對於CYPDM1g,較佳為0.1~200g,又更佳為1~100g。The amount of the alcohol compound used is preferably 0.1 to 200 g, more preferably 1 to 100 g, relative to 1 g of CYPDM.

本反應也可使用前述醇類以外之有機溶劑。使用之有機溶劑只要不妨礙反應即不特別限定,例如:甲酸、脂肪族羧酸類(例如:乙酸、丙酸、三氟乙酸等)、有機磺酸類(例如:甲磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等)、脂肪族烴類(例如:正戊烷、正己烷、正庚烷、環己烷等)、醯胺類(例如:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基吡咯烷酮等)、尿素類(N,N’-二甲基咪唑啶酮等)、醚類(例如:二乙醚、二異丙醚、四氫呋喃、二 烷、1,2-亞甲基二氧化苯等)、芳香族烴類(例如:苯、甲苯、二甲苯等)、鹵化芳香族烴類(例如:氯苯、1,2-二氯苯、1,3-二氯苯、1,4-二氯苯等)、硝基化芳香族烴類(例如:硝基苯等)、鹵化烴類(例如:二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷等)、羧酸酯類(例如:乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯等)、腈類(例如:乙腈、丙腈、苯甲腈等)、亞碸類(例如:二甲基亞碸等)、碸類(例如:環丁碸等)等。較佳為脂肪族烴類、芳香族烴類、鹵化烴類、鹵化芳香族烴類。又,該等有機溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。In this reaction, organic solvents other than the aforementioned alcohols can also be used. The organic solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the reaction, for example: formic acid, aliphatic carboxylic acids (such as: acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.), organic sulfonic acids (such as: methanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, etc.) etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (for example: n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), amides (for example: N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylformamide Acetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.), urea (N,N'-dimethylimidazolidinone, etc.), ethers (such as: diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, 1, 2-methylene dioxide, benzene, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: chlorobenzene, 1,2-dichlorobenzene, 1,3- Dichlorobenzene, 1,4-dichlorobenzene, etc.), nitroated aromatic hydrocarbons (such as: nitrobenzene, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (such as: dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2 -dichloroethane, etc.), carboxylic acid esters (such as: ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), nitriles (such as: acetonitrile, propionitrile, benzonitrile, etc.), sulfides (such as : dimethylsulfene, etc.), pyrenes (for example: cyclobutane, etc.) and the like. Preferred are aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, and halogenated aromatic hydrocarbons. Moreover, these organic solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述醇類以外之有機溶劑之使用量,相對於CYPDM1g,較佳為0.1~200g,又更佳為1~100g。The usage-amount of the organic solvent other than the aforementioned alcohols is preferably 0.1-200 g, more preferably 1-100 g, relative to 1 g of CYPDM.

本反應使用之鈀觸媒只要是含鈀即不特別限定,例如:氯化鈀、溴化鈀等鹵化鈀;乙酸鈀、草酸鈀等鈀有機酸鹽;硝酸鈀、硫酸鈀等鈀無機酸鹽;雙(乙醯基丙酮根)鈀、雙(1,1,1-5,5,5-六氟乙醯基丙酮根)鈀等之類的鈀錯合物;鈀載持於碳、氧化鋁等擔體而得之鈀碳、鈀氧化鋁等,較佳為氯化鈀、鈀碳。The palladium catalyst used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it contains palladium, for example: palladium halides such as palladium chloride and palladium bromide; palladium organic acid salts such as palladium acetate and palladium oxalate; palladium inorganic acid salts such as palladium nitrate and palladium sulfate ; Palladium complexes such as bis(acetylacetonate) palladium, bis(1,1,1-5,5,5-hexafluoroacetylacetonate) palladium, etc.; palladium supported on carbon, oxide Palladium carbon, palladium alumina, etc. obtained from a support such as aluminum, preferably palladium chloride, palladium carbon.

前述鈀觸媒之使用量,相對於CYPDM1莫耳,較佳為0.0001~0.2莫耳,又更佳為0.001~0.1莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned palladium catalyst is preferably 0.0001-0.2 mole, more preferably 0.001-0.1 mole relative to 1 mole of CYPDM.

本反應使用之銅化合物,於前述鈀觸媒中之Pd(II)還原為Pd(0)的情形,只要可將Pd(0)氧化為Pd(II)者即無特殊限制,例如:銅化合物、鐵化合物等,較佳為銅化合物。本反應使用之銅化合物,具體而言,可以列舉銅、乙酸銅、丙酸銅、正丁酸銅、2-甲基丙酸銅、三甲基乙酸銅、乳酸銅、丁酸銅、苯甲酸銅、三氟乙酸銅、雙(乙醯基丙酮根)銅、雙(1,1,1-5,5,5-六氟乙醯基丙酮根)銅、氯化銅、溴化銅、碘化銅、硝酸銅、亞硝酸銅、硫酸銅、磷酸銅、氧化銅、氫氧化銅、三氟甲磺酸銅、對甲苯磺酸銅、及氰化銅等。又,鐵化合物具體而言可列舉氯化鐵(III)、硝酸鐵(III)、硫酸鐵(III)、乙酸鐵(III)等。較佳為使用二價之銅化合物,又更佳為使用氯化銅(II)。在此,「銅化合物」除了各種化合物以外,也以包括銅單體的含意使用。又,該等銅化合物可單獨使用或混用二種以上。The copper compound used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as the Pd(II) in the aforementioned palladium catalyst is reduced to Pd(0), as long as it can oxidize Pd(0) to Pd(II), for example: copper compound , iron compounds, etc., preferably copper compounds. Copper compounds used in this reaction, specifically copper, copper acetate, copper propionate, copper n-butyrate, copper 2-methylpropionate, trimethyl copper acetate, copper lactate, copper butyrate, benzoic acid Copper, copper trifluoroacetate, copper bis(acetylacetonate), copper bis(1,1,1-5,5,5-hexafluoroacetylacetonate), copper chloride, copper bromide, iodine Copper oxide, copper nitrate, copper nitrite, copper sulfate, copper phosphate, copper oxide, copper hydroxide, copper trifluoromethanesulfonate, copper p-toluenesulfonate, and copper cyanide, etc. Moreover, specific examples of the iron compound include iron (III) chloride, iron (III) nitrate, iron (III) sulfate, and iron (III) acetate. It is preferable to use a divalent copper compound, and it is more preferable to use copper(II) chloride. Here, the "copper compound" is used in the meaning including copper alone in addition to various compounds. Moreover, these copper compounds can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述銅化合物之使用量,相對於CYPDM1莫耳,較佳為4~50莫耳,又更佳為5~20莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned copper compound is preferably 4-50 moles, more preferably 5-20 moles relative to 1 moles of CYPDM.

(第6步驟) 第6步驟,藉由第5步驟獲得之BNME之無水化反應,合成3a,4,10,10a-四氫-1H,3H-4,10-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(BNDA)。此第6步驟獲得之化合物係前述化學式(M-9)表示之四羧酸二酐。(step 6) In the sixth step, 3a,4,10,10a-tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,10-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6, 7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraone (BNDA). The compound obtained in the sixth step is tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the aforementioned chemical formula (M-9).

本反應可藉由例如將BNME於酸觸媒存在下在有機溶劑中邊加熱邊攪拌等方法以進行。此時之反應溫度較佳為50~130℃,又更佳為80~120℃,反應壓力無特殊限制。This reaction can be carried out, for example, by heating and stirring BNME in an organic solvent in the presence of an acid catalyst. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably 50-130°C, more preferably 80-120°C, and the reaction pressure is not particularly limited.

本反應使用酸觸媒。本反應使用之酸觸媒只要是酸即無特殊限制,例如:鹽酸、氫溴酸、氫碘酸、硫酸、氯硫酸、硝酸等無機酸類;甲磺酸、苯磺酸、對甲苯磺酸等有機磺酸類;氯乙酸、三氟乙酸等鹵化羧酸類、離子交換樹脂、硫酸矽膠、沸石、酸性氧化鋁等,較佳為使用無機酸類、有機磺酸類,又更佳為有機磺酸類。又,該等酸可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction uses an acid catalyst. The acid catalyst used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is an acid, for example: hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, chlorosulfuric acid, nitric acid and other inorganic acids; methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc. Organic sulfonic acids; halogenated carboxylic acids such as chloroacetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, ion exchange resins, silica gel sulfate, zeolite, acidic alumina, etc., preferably inorganic acids, organic sulfonic acids, and more preferably organic sulfonic acids. Moreover, these acids can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述酸觸媒之使用量,相對於BNME1莫耳,較佳為0.001~0.5莫耳,更佳為0.001~0.2莫耳。The usage amount of the aforementioned acid catalyst is preferably 0.001-0.5 mole, more preferably 0.001-0.2 mole relative to 1 mole of BNME.

本反應宜於溶劑中進行較佳。使用之溶劑宜為甲酸、乙酸、丙酸等有機酸溶劑較佳。又,該等溶劑可單獨使用或混用二種以上。This reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent. The solvent used should be organic acid solvents such as formic acid, acetic acid, and propionic acid. Moreover, these solvents can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

前述溶劑之使用量可利用反應液之均勻性、攪拌性予以適當調節,相對於BNME1g較佳為0.1~100g,又更佳為1~10g。The usage amount of the aforementioned solvent can be appropriately adjusted by utilizing the uniformity and agitation of the reaction liquid, and it is preferably 0.1-100 g relative to 1 g of BNME, and more preferably 1-10 g.

各反應之詳情利用實施例説明,但該技術領域中有通常知識者可以變更溶劑、進料量、反應條件等,又,各反應之結束後也可利用例如:過濾、萃取、蒸餾、昇華、再結晶、管柱層析等一般的方法實施反應產物之單離、精製等。 [實施例]The details of each reaction are illustrated by examples, but those skilled in the art can change the solvent, feed amount, reaction conditions, etc., and after the completion of each reaction, for example: filtration, extraction, distillation, sublimation, General methods such as recrystallization and column chromatography are used to isolate and purify the reaction product. [Example]

以下依實施例及比較例對於本發明更説明。又,本發明不限於以下之實施例。The present invention will be further described according to the examples and comparative examples below. In addition, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.

以下各例之評價依以下的方法進行。The evaluation of each of the following examples was carried out by the following method.

<聚醯亞胺膜之評價> [全光透射率] 使用紫外可見分光光度計/V-650DS(日本分光製),測定膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜之全光透射率(380nm~780nm之平均透射率)。<Evaluation of Polyimide Film> [Total light transmittance] Using a UV-visible spectrophotometer/V-650DS (manufactured by JASCO), the total light transmittance (average transmittance of 380 nm to 780 nm) of a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm was measured.

[拉伸彈性模數、斷裂伸長度、斷裂強度] 將聚醯亞胺膜衝壓為IEC-540(S)規格之啞鈴形狀,作為試驗片(寬:4mm),使用ORIENTEC公司製TENSILON,以夾頭間長30mm、拉伸速度2mm/分,測定初始之拉伸彈性模數、斷裂點伸長度、斷裂強度。[tensile elastic modulus, breaking elongation, breaking strength] Punch the polyimide film into the shape of a dumbbell according to the IEC-540 (S) standard, as a test piece (width: 4mm), use TENSILON manufactured by ORIENTEC, and measure the initial The tensile elastic modulus, elongation at break point, and break strength.

[線熱膨脹係數(CTE)、Tg] 將膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜切出寬4mm之條狀,作為試驗片,使用TMA/SS6100(SII Technology(股)公司製),以夾頭間長15mm、負荷2g、升溫速度20℃/分升溫到500℃。從獲得之TMA曲線求出100℃到250℃的線熱膨脹係數。又,定義TMA曲線之反曲點為Tg(玻璃轉移溫度)。[Linear coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE), Tg] Cut a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm into strips with a width of 4 mm, and use TMA/SS6100 (manufactured by SII Technology Co., Ltd.) as a test piece with a length between chucks of 15 mm, a load of 2 g, and a heating rate of 20°C /min to 500°C. The coefficient of linear thermal expansion from 100°C to 250°C was found from the obtained TMA curve. Also, the inflection point of the TMA curve is defined as Tg (glass transition temperature).

[5%重量減少溫度] 將膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜作為試驗片,使用TA INSTRUMENT公司製熱重量測定裝置(Q5000IR),於氮氣流中,以升溫速度10℃/分從25℃升溫到600℃。從獲得之重量曲線求出5%重量減少溫度。[5% weight loss temperature] A polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm was used as a test piece, and the temperature was raised from 25°C to 600°C at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen flow using a thermogravimetric measuring device (Q5000IR) manufactured by TA Instruments. The 5% weight loss temperature was determined from the obtained weight curve.

以下之各例使用之原材料之簡稱如下。The abbreviations of the raw materials used in the following examples are as follows.

[二胺成分] DABAN:4,4’-二胺基苯醯替苯胺 PPD:對苯二胺 TFMB:2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺 4,4’-ODA:4,4’-氧基二苯胺 TPE-R:1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯 BAPB:4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯 tra-DACH:反式-1,4-二胺基環己烷 [四羧酸成分] TNDA:十四氫-1H,3H-4,12:5,11:6,10-三甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮 BNDA:3a,4,10,10a-四氫-1H,3H-4,10-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮 DMADA:3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮 EMDAdx:(3aR,4R,5S,5aR,8aS,9R,10S,10aS)-十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮 EMDAxx:(3aR,4R,5S,5aS,8aR,9R,10S,10aS)-十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮[Diamine component] DABAN: 4,4'-Diaminobenzoylaniline PPD: p-phenylenediamine TFMB: 2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine 4,4’-ODA: 4,4’-oxydiphenylamine TPE-R: 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene BAPB: 4,4’-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl tra-DACH: trans-1,4-diaminocyclohexane [tetracarboxylic acid ingredient] TNDA: Tetrahydro-1H, 3H-4, 12: 5, 11: 6, 10-Trimethylpyroanthracene[2,3-c: 6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9 -tetraketone BNDA: 3a,4,10,10a-tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,10-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8- Tetraketone DMADA: 3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-Octahydro-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-Dimethyloanthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c ']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraone EMDAdx: (3aR,4R,5S,5aR,8aS,9R,10S,10aS)-decahydro-1H,3H-4,10-ethano-5,9-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6 ,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraone EMDAxx: (3aR,4R,5S,5aS,8aR,9R,10S,10aS)-Decahydro-1H,3H-4,10-Etho-5,9-Methonaphtho[2,3-c:6 ,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraone

[溶劑] NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺[solvent] NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone DMAc: N,N-Dimethylacetamide

表1記載實施例、比較例使用之四羧酸成分、二胺成分之結構式。Table 1 describes the structural formulas of tetracarboxylic acid components and diamine components used in Examples and Comparative Examples.

【表1】

Figure 02_image115
【Table 1】
Figure 02_image115

[實施例S-1(DMADA之合成)][Example S-1 (Synthesis of DMADA)]

[化49]

Figure 02_image117
於容量2L之反應容器裝入甲苯1500mL與對苯醌(BQ)153.3g(1.39mol)。然後保持溫度25-30℃,費時2小時滴加環戊二烯183.5g(2.78mmol)後,於25℃反應20小時。將反應液濃縮乾固,並於獲得之濃縮物中添加乙醇1490g,終夜攪拌。之後將固體過濾,以乙醇洗淨後,於60℃進行真空乾燥,獲得淡紅色固體227g。於獲得之淡紅色固體227g添加乙醇1350g,於80℃攪拌1小時,並將固體過濾。將過濾物以氯仿1080g溶解,添加活性碳10g並攪拌1小時。之後進行過濾,將濾液濃縮乾固,並將獲得之固體於60℃真空乾燥,獲得1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9a,10a-八氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-9,10-二酮(DNBQ)之白色固體184g (1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、產率55.3%)。[chem 49]
Figure 02_image117
1500 mL of toluene and 153.3 g (1.39 mol) of p-benzoquinone (BQ) were placed in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 2 L. Then, keeping the temperature at 25-30°C, 183.5 g (2.78 mmol) of cyclopentadiene was added dropwise over 2 hours, and then reacted at 25°C for 20 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated to dryness, and 1490 g of ethanol was added to the obtained concentrate, followed by stirring overnight. Thereafter, the solid was filtered, washed with ethanol, and vacuum-dried at 60° C. to obtain 227 g of a light red solid. 1350 g of ethanol was added to 227 g of the obtained pale red solid, and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour, and the solid was filtered. The filtrate was dissolved in 1080 g of chloroform, 10 g of activated carbon was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. After filtering, the filtrate was concentrated to dryness, and the obtained solid was vacuum-dried at 60°C to obtain 1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9a,10a-octahydro-1,4:5,8-di 184 g of a white solid of methanthracene-9,10-dione (DNBQ) (purity 100% by 1 H-NMR analysis, yield 55.3%).

DNBQ之物性値如下。The physical properties of DNBQ are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.29(d,J=8.5Hz,2H),1.46(d,J=8.5Hz,2H),2.87(s,2H),3.36(s,2H),6.19(t,J=1.8Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);241(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.29(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 1.46(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 2.87(s, 2H), 3.36(s, 2H ), 6.19(t, J=1.8Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 241(M+1)

於容量5L之反應容器中添加DNBQ100.5g(31.7mmol)、甲醇1.5L、四氫呋喃1.5L。然後於溫度5℃費時1小時添加硼氫化鈉30.0g(60.3mmol)後,於溫度5~10℃反應7小時。其次於溫度5℃滴加飽和氯化銨水溶液1L後,升溫到溫度25℃。過濾在反應液中析出之白色固體,將溶劑減壓餾去。過濾析出之白色固體,於獲得之白色固體添加離子交換水1.5L,於40℃攪拌1小時。之後將白色固體過濾,以離子交換水200mL洗淨2次後,以乙酸乙酯100mL洗淨2次,真空乾燥,獲得1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a,10,10a-十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-9,10-二醇(DNHQ)之白色固體84.2g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、產率82%)。100.5 g (31.7 mmol) of DNBQ, 1.5 L of methanol, and 1.5 L of tetrahydrofuran were added to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 5 L. Then, after adding 30.0 g (60.3 mmol) of sodium borohydride at a temperature of 5° C. over a period of 1 hour, the reaction was carried out at a temperature of 5 to 10° C. for 7 hours. Next, 1 L of saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution was added dropwise at a temperature of 5°C, and then the temperature was raised to 25°C. The white solid precipitated in the reaction solution was filtered, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The precipitated white solid was filtered, 1.5 L of ion-exchanged water was added to the obtained white solid, and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 1 hour. After that, the white solid was filtered, washed twice with 200 mL of ion-exchanged water, washed twice with 100 mL of ethyl acetate, and dried in vacuum to obtain 1, 4, 4a, 5, 8, 8a, 9, 9a, 10, 10a - Decahydro-1,4: 84.2 g of white solid of 5,8-dimethylpyrroanthracene-9,10-diol (DNHQ) (purity 100%, yield 82% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

DNHQ之物性値如下。The physical properties of DNHQ are as follows.

1 H-NMR(DMSO-d6, σ(ppm));0.99(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),1.16(d,J=7.8Hz,1H),1.26-1.34(m,2H),1.52-1.62(m,2H),2.34-2.42(m,2H),2.77(s,2H),2.85(s,2H),2.91(brs,2H),4.26(s,1H),4.28(s,1H),6.04(t,J=1.8Hz,2H),6.09(t,J=1.8Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);245(M+1) 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6, σ(ppm)); 0.99(d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 1.16(d, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 1.26-1.34(m, 2H), 1.52 -1.62(m,2H), 2.34-2.42(m,2H), 2.77(s,2H), 2.85(s,2H), 2.91(brs,2H), 4.26(s,1H), 4.28(s,1H ), 6.04(t, J=1.8Hz, 2H), 6.09(t, J=1.8Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 245(M+1)

於容量5L之反應容器中加入DNHQ87.0g(356mmol)、N,N-二甲胺基吡啶4.3g(35.2mmol)、吡啶1740g,冷卻到溫度5℃。然後費時20分鐘滴加甲磺醯氯87.0g(760mmol)後,升溫到溫度25℃,於同溫度反應9小時。然後滴加離子交換水2500g,將析出之白色固體過濾。將獲得之白色固體以10%鹽酸200mL、10%碳酸氫鈉水溶液200mL、再以離子交換水200mL洗淨5次,並真空乾燥。使獲得之白色固體128.9g溶於乙酸乙酯2800g,以無水硫酸鎂35g乾燥(脱水)。然後,將此乙酸乙酯溶液通入到矽膠管柱,將溶劑以蒸發器餾去,獲得二甲烷磺酸1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a,10,10a-十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-9,10-二酯(DNCMS)之白色固體124.5g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度99%、產率87.4%)。87.0 g (356 mmol) of DNHQ, 4.3 g (35.2 mmol) of N,N-dimethylaminopyridine, and 1740 g of pyridine were added to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 5 L, and cooled to a temperature of 5°C. Then, after 87.0 g (760 mmol) of methanesulfonyl chloride was added dropwise over 20 minutes, the temperature was raised to 25° C., and the reaction was carried out at the same temperature for 9 hours. Then, 2500 g of ion-exchanged water was added dropwise, and the precipitated white solid was filtered. The obtained white solid was washed 5 times with 200 mL of 10% hydrochloric acid, 200 mL of 10% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and 200 mL of ion-exchanged water, and dried in vacuo. 128.9 g of the obtained white solid was dissolved in 2800 g of ethyl acetate, and dried (dehydrated) over 35 g of anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Then, this ethyl acetate solution was passed into a silica gel column, and the solvent was distilled off with an evaporator to obtain dimethanesulfonic acid 1,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a,10,10a-decahydro -1,4: 124.5 g of white solid of 5,8-dimethylpyrroanthracene-9,10-diester (DNCMS) (purity 99%, yield 87.4% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

DNCMS之物性値如下。The physical property values of DNCMS are as follows.

1 H-NMR(DMSO-d6, σ(ppm));1.18(d,J=8.3Hz,1H),1.32(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),1.39-1.42(m,2H),2.00-2.15(m,2H),2.81(s,2H),2.85-2.90(m,2H),2.97(s,2H),3.22(s,6H),4.10-4.20(m,2H),6.23(s,2H),6.27(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);401(M+1) 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6, σ(ppm)); 1.18(d, J=8.3Hz, 1H), 1.32(d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 1.39-1.42(m, 2H), 2.00 -2.15(m,2H), 2.81(s,2H), 2.85-2.90(m,2H), 2.97(s,2H), 3.22(s,6H), 4.10-4.20(m,2H), 6.23(s ,2H), 6.27(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z); 401(M+1)

於容量1L之反應容器裝入甲醇364g、氯仿62g、氯化銅(II)136g(1011mmol)、氯化鈀6g(33.7mmol)並攪拌。將系內之氣體環境取代為一氧化碳後,費時3小時滴加DNCMS27g(67.3mmol)溶於氯仿178g而得之溶液,於20-25℃反應4小時。其次,將系內之氣體環境從一氧化碳取代為氬氣後,從反應混合物餾去溶劑,並添加氯仿621g。更重複2次同樣的操作。並且,從獲得之茶綠色之懸浮液將不溶物以過濾除去。獲得之溶液以飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液324g洗淨3次,再以精製水324g洗淨3次後,於有機層加入無水硫酸鎂2.7g、活性碳2.7g並攪拌。然後將溶液過濾後減壓濃縮,獲得白色固體51g。其次,實施利用矽膠層析(展開溶劑;己烷:乙酸乙酯=10:1(容量比))所為之精製,獲得9,10-雙((甲基磺醯基)氧)十四氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-2,3,6,7-四羧酸酯(DNMTE)之白色固體27g HPLC分析測得純度97.1pa%、產率64.4%)。364 g of methanol, 62 g of chloroform, 136 g (1011 mmol) of copper (II) chloride, and 6 g (33.7 mmol) of palladium chloride were placed in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 1 L and stirred. After replacing the gas environment in the system with carbon monoxide, a solution obtained by dissolving 27g (67.3mmol) of DNCMS in 178g of chloroform was added dropwise over 3 hours, and reacted at 20-25°C for 4 hours. Next, after replacing the gas atmosphere in the system from carbon monoxide to argon, the solvent was distilled off from the reaction mixture, and 621 g of chloroform was added. Repeat the same operation 2 more times. And, the insoluble matter was removed by filtration from the obtained tea-green suspension. The obtained solution was washed 3 times with 324 g of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and 3 times with 324 g of purified water, and then 2.7 g of anhydrous magnesium sulfate and 2.7 g of activated carbon were added to the organic layer and stirred. Then, the solution was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 51 g of a white solid. Next, purification by silica gel chromatography (developing solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1 (volume ratio)) was carried out to obtain 9,10-bis((methylsulfonyl)oxy)tetrahydro- 1,4: 27 g of white solid of 5,8-dimethylpyrroanthracene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylate (DNMTE), the purity was 97.1pa% and the yield was 64.4% by HPLC analysis).

DNMTE之物性値如下。The physical properties of DNMTE are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.49(d,J=10Hz,2H),2.31(d,J=10Hz,2H),2.62-2.67(m,2H),2.69(s,2H),2.87(s,4H),3.06(s,6H),3.19(s,2H),3.32(s,2H),3.64(s,6H),3.66(s,6H),4.98-5.12(m,2H) CI-MS(m/z);637(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.49(d, J=10Hz, 2H), 2.31(d, J=10Hz, 2H), 2.62-2.67(m, 2H), 2.69(s, 2H ), 2.87(s,4H), 3.06(s,6H), 3.19(s,2H), 3.32(s,2H), 3.64(s,6H), 3.66(s,6H), 4.98-5.12(m, 2H) CI-MS (m/z); 637 (M+1)

於容量500mL之反應容器中裝入碳酸鋰6.4g(86.8mmol)、N,N’-二甲基甲醯胺130g,升溫到150℃。然後,費時1小時滴加DNMTE27.6g(42.1mol)與N,N’-二甲基甲醯胺130g之混合液,於同溫度反應15小時。反應結束後將反應液減壓濃縮,獲得白色固體22.4g。其次,實施利用矽膠層析(展開溶劑;己烷:乙酸乙酯=10:1(容量比))所為之精製,然後實施利用再結晶(溶劑比;甲苯/庚烷=2:3)所為之精製,獲得1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7,8,9a-十氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(DMHAE)之白色固體13.9g(HPLC分析測得純度95.1pa%、產率72.2%)。6.4 g (86.8 mmol) of lithium carbonate and 130 g of N,N'-dimethylformamide were placed in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 500 mL, and the temperature was raised to 150°C. Then, a mixture of 27.6 g (42.1 mol) of DNMTE and 130 g of N,N'-dimethylformamide was added dropwise over 1 hour, and the mixture was reacted at the same temperature for 15 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 22.4 g of a white solid. Next, perform purification by silica gel chromatography (developing solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate = 10:1 (volume ratio)), and then perform recrystallization (solvent ratio; toluene/heptane = 2:3) Refined to obtain 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7,8,9a-decahydro-1,4:5,8-dimethylpyrroanthracene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid Tetramethyl ester (DMHAE) white solid 13.9g (purity 95.1pa% by HPLC analysis, yield 72.2%).

DMHAE之物性値如下。The physical properties of DMHAE are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.36(d,J=10Hz,1H),1.56(d,J=10Hz,1H),2.05(d,J=10Hz,1H),2.29(d,J=10Hz,1H),2.56(s,2H),2.83(s,2H),2.90(d,J=1.6Hz,2H),3.05(s,2H),3.07(d,J=1.6Hz,2H),3.61(s,6H),3.65(s,6H),5.10(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);445(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.36(d, J=10Hz, 1H), 1.56(d, J=10Hz, 1H), 2.05(d, J=10Hz, 1H), 2.29(d ,J=10Hz,1H), 2.56(s,2H), 2.83(s,2H), 2.90(d,J=1.6Hz,2H), 3.05(s,2H), 3.07(d,J=1.6Hz, 2H), 3.61(s,6H), 3.65(s,6H), 5.10(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z); 445(M+1)

於300mL之反應容器中裝入甲苯68mL、2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基對苯醌7.3g(31.9mmol),升溫到80℃。滴加DMHAE(30.4mmol)13.5g溶於甲苯200mL而得之之溶液,反應8小時。反應結束後將反應液濃縮,於濃縮物添加氯仿130mL,獲得紅茶色懸浮液。其次進行過濾,分離為深紅黑色之過濾物與濾液。將濾液以飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液100mL洗淨3次後,於取得之有機層添加無水硫酸鎂12g而脱水。其次進行過濾,將濾液濃縮乾固,獲得紅褐色固體5.6g。又,於前述深紅黑色之過濾物添加氯仿100mL,實施同樣的操作,獲得紅褐色固體4.0g。對於獲得之紅褐色固體9.6g實施利用再結晶(溶劑比;甲苯:庚烷=1:7)所為之精製,獲得1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-八氫-1,4:5,8-二甲橋蒽-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(DMAME)之乳白色固體7.4g(HPLC分析測得純度99.9pa%、產率56.6%)。68 mL of toluene and 7.3 g (31.9 mmol) of 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone were placed in a 300 mL reaction vessel, and the temperature was raised to 80°C. A solution obtained by dissolving 13.5 g of DMHAE (30.4 mmol) in 200 mL of toluene was added dropwise, and reacted for 8 hours. After the reaction was completed, the reaction solution was concentrated, and 130 mL of chloroform was added to the concentrate to obtain a black-brown suspension. Next, filter and separate into dark red and black filtrate and filtrate. After the filtrate was washed three times with 100 mL of a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, 12 g of anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added to the obtained organic layer and dehydrated. Next, it was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to obtain 5.6 g of a reddish-brown solid. Moreover, 100 mL of chloroform was added to the filtrate of deep red-black, and the same operation was performed to obtain 4.0 g of a reddish-brown solid. 9.6 g of the obtained reddish-brown solid was purified by recrystallization (solvent ratio; toluene:heptane=1:7) to obtain 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8-octahydro-1 ,4: 7.4 g of milky white solid of tetramethyl 5,8-dimethylpyrthracene-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylate (DMAME) (purity 99.9 pa%, yield 56.6% by HPLC analysis).

DMAME之物性値如下。The physical properties of DMAME are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.80(d,J=9.6Hz,2H),2.43(d,J=9.6Hz,2H),2.68(d,J=1.6Hz,4H),3.53(s,4H),3.67(s,12H),7.06(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);442(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.80 (d, J=9.6Hz, 2H), 2.43 (d, J=9.6Hz, 2H), 2.68 (d, J=1.6Hz, 4H), 3.53(s,4H), 3.67(s,12H), 7.06(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z); 442(M+1)

於容量100mL之反應容器中裝入DMAME5.27g(11.9mmol)、甲酸26.3g、對甲苯磺酸一水合物47mg(0.24mmol),於溫度98℃反應30小時。反應結束後將反應液減壓濃縮,並於濃縮物添加甲苯30g。重複此操作6次,將甲酸大致完全地餾去。將獲得之懸浮液過濾,並將獲得之固體以甲苯30g洗淨後,於80℃進行真空乾燥,獲得乳白色固體4.0g。之後以乙酸酐進行再結晶,再以N,N’-二甲基乙醯胺進行再結晶,獲得3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-八氫-1H,3H-4,12:6,10-二甲橋蒽并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,7,9-四酮(DMADA)之白色固體3.28g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度98.3%、產率77.3%)。5.27g (11.9mmol) of DMAME, 26.3g of formic acid, and 47mg (0.24mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate were placed in a 100mL reaction vessel, and reacted at 98°C for 30 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and 30 g of toluene was added to the concentrate. This operation was repeated 6 times, and the formic acid was almost completely distilled off. The obtained suspension was filtered, the obtained solid was washed with 30 g of toluene, and vacuum-dried at 80° C. to obtain 4.0 g of a milky white solid. Then recrystallize with acetic anhydride and then recrystallize with N,N'-dimethylacetamide to obtain 3a,4,6,6a,9a,10,12,12a-octahydro-1H,3H-4 ,12: 3.28g of white solid of 6,10-dimethyloanthracene[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,7,9-tetraketone (DMADA) ( 1 H -NMR analysis shows a purity of 98.3%, a yield of 77.3%).

DMADA之物性値如下。The physical properties of DMADA are as follows.

1 H-NMR(DMSO-d6, σ(ppm));1.61(d,J=10.8Hz,2H),1.81(d,J=10.8Hz,2H),3.04(s,2H),3.04(s,2H),3.76(s,4H),7.39(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);351(M+1) 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6, σ(ppm)); 1.61(d, J=10.8Hz, 2H), 1.81(d, J=10.8Hz, 2H), 3.04(s, 2H), 3.04(s ,2H), 3.76(s,4H), 7.39(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z); 351(M+1)

[實施例S-2-1(EMDAdx之合成)][Example S-2-1 (synthesis of EMDAdx)]

[化50]

Figure 02_image119
於容量3L之高壓釜中裝入順式-5-降莰烯-內向-2,3-二羧酸酐(endo -NA) 600g(3.66mol),然後裝入2,6-二丁基羥基甲苯1.20g。將系內進行氮氣取代後,於溫度-25℃添加1,3-丁二烯221g(4.09mol),於溫度150-160℃反應一晩,獲得白色固體760g。將以上之操作再重複2次,獲得白色固體2258g(產率36%)。然後,於獲得之白色固體2258g添加甲苯9.7L,於溫度102℃加熱攪拌,使固體溶解。於同溫度攪拌10分鐘後,添加庚烷2.6L,冷卻到室溫並攪拌一晩,將析出之固體過濾。將獲得之固體以庚烷2.6L洗淨後,於40℃進行5小時真空乾燥,獲得白色固體691g。[chemical 50]
Figure 02_image119
Put 600g (3.66mol) of cis-5-norbornene-endo-2,3-dicarboxylic acid anhydride ( endo -NA) into an autoclave with a capacity of 3L, and then add 2,6-dibutylhydroxytoluene 1.20g. After replacing the system with nitrogen, 221 g (4.09 mol) of 1,3-butadiene was added at a temperature of -25°C, and reacted overnight at a temperature of 150-160°C to obtain 760 g of a white solid. The above operation was repeated twice to obtain 2258 g of white solid (yield 36%). Then, 9.7 L of toluene was added to 2258 g of the obtained white solid, and the mixture was heated and stirred at a temperature of 102° C. to dissolve the solid. After stirring at the same temperature for 10 minutes, 2.6 L of heptane was added, cooled to room temperature and stirred overnight, and the precipitated solid was filtered. The obtained solid was washed with 2.6 L of heptane, and vacuum-dried at 40° C. for 5 hours to obtain 691 g of a white solid.

於容量5L之反應容器裝入獲得之白色固體691g與甲苯2.1L。於溫度98℃加熱攪拌後,添加庚烷1.1L並冷卻到室溫,再攪拌一晩。將析出之固體過濾,以庚烷1.1L洗淨後,於40℃進行3小時真空乾燥,獲得(3aR,4S,9R,9aS)-3a,4,4a, 5,8,8a,9,9a-八氫-4,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮(OMNAdx)之白色固體634g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度99.1%、產率26%)。691 g of the obtained white solid and 2.1 L of toluene were placed in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 5 L. After heating and stirring at a temperature of 98°C, 1.1 L of heptane was added, cooled to room temperature, and stirred overnight. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with 1.1 L of heptane, and vacuum-dried at 40°C for 3 hours to obtain (3aR,4S,9R,9aS)-3a,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a - 634 g of white solid of octahydro-4,9-methyl-naphtho[2,3-c]furan-1,3-dione (OMNAdx) (purity 99.1%, yield 26% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis ).

OMNAdx之物性値如下。The physical properties of OMNAdx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.50(d,J=11Hz,1H),1.52-1.63(m,3H),1.78-1.87(m,2H),2.12(d,J=11Hz,1H),2.24-2.35(m,2H),2.54-2.59(m,2H),3.42(dd,J=2.1Hz,J=3.5Hz,2H),5.83-5.91(m,2H) CI-MS(m/z);219(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.50(d, J=11Hz, 1H), 1.52-1.63(m, 3H), 1.78-1.87(m, 2H), 2.12(d, J=11Hz ,1H), 2.24-2.35(m,2H), 2.54-2.59(m,2H), 3.42(dd, J=2.1Hz, J=3.5Hz,2H), 5.83-5.91(m,2H) CI-MS (m/z); 219(M+1)

於容量20L之反應容器中添加OMNAdx560g(2.54mol)、二氯甲烷9.5L。邊冷卻到溫度-55~-43℃,邊滴加溴496g(3.1mol)溶於二氯甲烷4.9L而得之溶液,反應1小時。反應結束後將溶劑以蒸發器除去,於獲得之固體中添加庚烷600mL並攪拌。並且將白色固體過濾,以庚烷4.5L洗淨後,於40℃減壓乾燥,獲得(3aR,4S,9R,9aS)-6,7-二溴十氫-4,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮(DBDNAdx)之白色固體805g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、產率78%)。560 g (2.54 mol) of OMNAdx and 9.5 L of dichloromethane were added to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 20 L. While cooling to a temperature of -55~-43°C, a solution obtained by dissolving 496g (3.1mol) of bromine in 4.9L of dichloromethane was added dropwise, and reacted for 1 hour. After the reaction, the solvent was removed by an evaporator, and 600 mL of heptane was added to the obtained solid, followed by stirring. And filter the white solid, wash it with 4.5 L of heptane, and dry it under reduced pressure at 40°C to obtain (3aR,4S,9R,9aS)-6,7-dibromodecahydro-4,9-methonaphthonaphtho 805 g of white solid of [2,3-c]furan-1,3-dione (DBDNAdx) (purity 100%, yield 78% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

DBDNAdx之物性値如下。The physical properties of DBDNAdx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.52-1.76(m,2H),1.88-2.05(m,4H),2.05-2.24(m,2H),2.57(brs,2H),3.48(t,J=2.5Hz,2H),4.30(ddd,J=3.6Hz,J=5.4Hz,J=12.5Hz,1H),4.68(dt,J=3.3Hz,J=3.5Hz,1H) CI-MS(m/z);379(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.52-1.76(m,2H), 1.88-2.05(m,4H), 2.05-2.24(m,2H), 2.57(brs,2H), 3.48( t, J=2.5Hz, 2H), 4.30(ddd, J=3.6Hz, J=5.4Hz, J=12.5Hz, 1H), 4.68(dt, J=3.3Hz, J=3.5Hz, 1H) CI- MS(m/z); 379(M+1)

於容量2L之反應容器加入馬來酸酐130g(1.33mol)、DBDNAdx 100g(264.5mmol),於溫度187℃反應2小時。反應結束後冷卻到溫度100℃,添加甲苯400mL。冷卻到室溫附近,將析出之固體過濾,以甲苯洗淨後,於60℃進行真空乾燥,獲得(3aR,4R,5S,5aR,8aS,9R,10S,10aS)-3a,4,4a,5,5a,8a, 9,9a,10,10a-十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(EEMDAdx)之灰色固體75g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度98.4%、產率89%)。Add 130 g (1.33 mol) of maleic anhydride and 100 g (264.5 mmol) of DBDNAdx into a reaction vessel with a capacity of 2 L, and react at a temperature of 187° C. for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to a temperature of 100° C., and 400 mL of toluene was added. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with toluene, and then vacuum-dried at 60°C to obtain (3aR, 4R, 5S, 5aR, 8aS, 9R, 10S, 10aS)-3a, 4, 4a, 5,5a,8a, 9,9a,10,10a-Decahydro-1H,3H-4,10-Etho-5,9-Methonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c'] Difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraketone (EEMDAdx) gray solid 75g (purity 98.4%, yield 89% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

EEMDAdx之物性値如下。The physical property values of EEMDAdx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.04(d,J=10.8Hz,1H),1.82(s,2H),2.30(d,J=10.8Hz,1H),2.62(s,2H),3.20(s,2H),3.39(m,2H),3.42(d,J=2.1Hz,J=3.4Hz,2H),6.20(dd,J=3.2Hz,J=4.5Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);314(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.04(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 1.82(s, 2H), 2.30(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 2.62(s, 2H ), 3.20(s, 2H), 3.39(m, 2H), 3.42(d, J=2.1Hz, J=3.4Hz, 2H), 6.20(dd, J=3.2Hz, J=4.5Hz, 2H) CI -MS(m/z); 314(M+1)

於容量2L之反應容器中加入EEMDAdx75g(239mmol)、原甲酸三甲酯152g、甲醇1500g、濃硫酸22.5g,於溫度63℃反應23小時。反應結束後將反應液減壓濃縮,於濃縮殘渣添加飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液600g,並以氯仿500g萃取。將有機層以水200g洗淨2次,以無水硫酸鎂(MgSO4 )乾燥(脱水)後過濾,將濾液減壓濃縮,獲得固體80.7g。然後實施利用甲苯150g與庚烷450g所為之晶析,獲得(1R,4S,5R,6S,7R,8S,10S,11R)-1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-八氫-1,4-乙橋-5,8-甲橋萘-6,7, 10,11-四羧酸四甲酯(EEMDEdx)之白色固體75g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、產率77%)。75g (239mmol) of EEMDAdx, 152g of trimethyl orthoformate, 1500g of methanol, and 22.5g of concentrated sulfuric acid were added to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 2L, and the reaction was carried out at 63°C for 23 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and 600 g of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution was added to the concentrated residue, followed by extraction with 500 g of chloroform. The organic layer was washed twice with 200 g of water, dried (dehydrated) over anhydrous magnesium sulfate (MgSO 4 ) and filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 80.7 g of a solid. Then implement crystallization using 150 g of toluene and 450 g of heptane to obtain (1R, 4S, 5R, 6S, 7R, 8S, 10S, 11R)-1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-eight Hydrogen-1,4-ethano-5,8-methynaphthalene-6,7,10,11-tetracarboxylic acid tetramethyl ester (EEMDEdx) white solid 75g (purity 100% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis, Yield 77%).

EEMDEdx之物性値如下。The physical property values of EEMDEdx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));0.81(d,J=11Hz,1H),2.29(s,2H),2.43(s,2H),2.58(d,J=11Hz,1H),2.86(t,J=2.0Hz,2H),3.00(brs,2H),3.05(s,2H),3.57(s,6H),3.65(s,6H),6.28(dd,J=3.3Hz,J=4.6Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);407(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 0.81(d, J=11Hz, 1H), 2.29(s, 2H), 2.43(s, 2H), 2.58(d, J=11Hz, 1H), 2.86(t,J=2.0Hz,2H), 3.00(brs,2H), 3.05(s,2H), 3.57(s,6H), 3.65(s,6H), 6.28(dd,J=3.3Hz,J =4.6Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 407(M+1)

於容量200mL之反應容器中添加EEMDEdx6g(14.8mmol)、甲醇120g、10%銠-碳觸媒(N.E.Chemcat製、50wt%含水品)3g。將系內進行氫氣取代後,將氫氣加壓到0.9MPa,於內溫80℃反應4小時。反應結束後將反應物以N,N’-二甲基甲醯胺100mL洗淨並取出。實施獲得之反應懸浮液之矽藻土過濾後,減壓濃縮,獲得白色固體。將此操作重複7次,獲得白色固體41.2g(GC分析測得純度99.9%、產率97%)。其次,以矽膠管柱實施精製(展開溶劑;己烷/乙酸乙酯=3/1(v/v)),獲得(1R,2R,3S,4S,5R,6S,7R,8S)-十氫-1,4-乙橋-5,8-甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(EMDEdx)之白色固體35g(GC分析測得純度100%、產率83%)。6 g (14.8 mmol) of EEMDEdx, 120 g of methanol, and 3 g of a 10% rhodium-carbon catalyst (manufactured by N.E. Chemcat, containing 50 wt % of water) were added to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 200 mL. After replacing the system with hydrogen, pressurize the hydrogen to 0.9MPa, and react at an internal temperature of 80°C for 4 hours. After the reaction, the reactant was washed with 100 mL of N,N'-dimethylformamide and taken out. The obtained reaction suspension was filtered through celite and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a white solid. This operation was repeated 7 times to obtain 41.2 g of white solid (99.9% purity and 97% yield as measured by GC analysis). Next, refine with a silica gel column (developing solvent; hexane/ethyl acetate = 3/1 (v/v)) to obtain (1R, 2R, 3S, 4S, 5R, 6S, 7R, 8S)-decahydro 35g of white solid (purity 100% and yield 83% by GC analysis) ).

EMDEdx之物性値如下。1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.25(d,J=11Hz,1H),1.49(d,J=9.0Hz,2H),1.79(d,J=9.0Hz,2H),2.00(s,2H),2.14(s,2H),2.24(d,J=11Hz,1H),2.51(s,2H),2.90(s,2H),3.02(t,J=2.0Hz,2H),3.63(s,6H),3.64(s,6H) CI-MS(m/z);409(M+1)The property values of EMDEdx are as follows. 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.25 (d, J=11Hz, 1H), 1.49 (d, J=9.0Hz, 2H), 1.79 (d, J=9.0Hz, 2H), 2.00 (s,2H), 2.14(s,2H), 2.24(d,J=11Hz,1H), 2.51(s,2H), 2.90(s,2H), 3.02(t,J=2.0Hz,2H), 3.63(s,6H), 3.64(s,6H) CI-MS(m/z); 409(M+1)

於容量300mL之反應容器中添加EMDEdx30g(73.4mmol)、甲酸150g、對甲苯磺酸一水合物280mg(1.47mmol),於溫度95℃~99℃反應16小時。反應結束後將反應液減壓濃縮,於濃縮物添加甲苯72mL。重複此操作6次,將甲酸大致完全餾去。將獲得之懸浮液過濾,並將獲得之固體以甲苯35mL洗淨後,於80℃真空乾燥,獲得灰色固體23.4g。之後重複利用乙酸酐、N,N’-二甲基乙醯胺所為之再結晶,獲得(3aR,4R,5S,5aR,8aS,9R,10S,10aS)-十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(EMDAdx)之白色固體18.9g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度98.5%、產率80%)。Add 30 g (73.4 mmol) of EMDEdx, 150 g formic acid, and 280 mg (1.47 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 300 mL, and react at a temperature of 95°C to 99°C for 16 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and 72 mL of toluene was added to the concentrate. This operation was repeated 6 times, and the formic acid was almost completely distilled off. The obtained suspension was filtered, the obtained solid was washed with 35 mL of toluene, and vacuum-dried at 80°C to obtain 23.4 g of a gray solid. Afterwards, the recrystallization by acetic anhydride and N,N'-dimethylacetamide was repeated to obtain (3aR, 4R, 5S, 5aR, 8aS, 9R, 10S, 10aS)-decahydro-1H, 3H-4, 18.9g white solid of 10-ethano-5,9-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraketone (EMDAdx) ( 1 H-NMR analysis records a purity of 98.5%, a yield of 80%).

EMDAdx之物性値如下。The physical property values of EMDAdx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(DMSO-d6, σ(ppm));1.17(d,J=9.9Hz,2H),1.48(d,J=12Hz,1H),1.45-1.68(m,4H),2.04-2.14(m,3H),2.69(s,2H),3.29(s,2H),3.55(dd,J=1.2Hz,J=2.1Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);317(M+1) 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6, σ(ppm)); 1.17(d, J=9.9Hz, 2H), 1.48(d, J=12Hz, 1H), 1.45-1.68(m, 4H), 2.04- 2.14(m,3H), 2.69(s,2H), 3.29(s,2H), 3.55(dd, J=1.2Hz, J=2.1Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 317(M+1)

[實施例S-2-2(EMDAxx之合成)][Example S-2-2 (synthesis of EMDAxx)]

[化51]

Figure 02_image121
於3L之高壓釜內裝入順式-5-降莰烯-外向-2,3-二羧酸酐(exo -NA)600g(3.66mol)、2,6-二丁基羥基甲苯300mg。將系內進行氮氣取代後,於內溫-25℃添加1,3-丁二烯319g(5.91mol),於反應溫度140~166℃進行35小時攪拌,獲得白色固體866.2g(產率58%)。然後將獲得之白色固體866.2g以甲苯再結晶,獲得(3aR,4R,9S,9aS)-3a,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a-八氫-4,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮(OMNAxx)之白色結晶359g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、產率45%)。[Chemical 51]
Figure 02_image121
600 g (3.66 mol) of cis-5-norcamphene-exo-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride ( exo -NA) and 300 mg of 2,6-dibutylhydroxytoluene were placed in a 3 L autoclave. After replacing the system with nitrogen, 319g (5.91mol) of 1,3-butadiene was added at an internal temperature of -25°C, and stirred at a reaction temperature of 140-166°C for 35 hours to obtain 866.2g of a white solid (yield 58% ). Then 866.2 g of the obtained white solid was recrystallized from toluene to obtain (3aR,4R,9S,9aS)-3a,4,4a,5,8,8a,9,9a-octahydro-4,9-methyroxynaphthalene 359 g of white crystals of an[2,3-c]furan-1,3-dione (OMNAxx) (purity 100%, yield 45% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

OMNAxx之物性値如下。The physical properties of OMNAxx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.19(d,J=12Hz,1H),1.52-1.63(m,2H),1.73-1.82(m,2H),1.89(d,J=12Hz,1H),2.27-2.40(m,2H),2.56(t,J=1.2Hz,2H),2.98(d,J=1.2Hz,2H),5.80-5.92(m,2H) CI-MS(m/z);219(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.19(d, J=12Hz, 1H), 1.52-1.63(m, 2H), 1.73-1.82(m, 2H), 1.89(d, J=12Hz ,1H), 2.27-2.40(m,2H), 2.56(t,J=1.2Hz,2H), 2.98(d,J=1.2Hz,2H), 5.80-5.92(m,2H) CI-MS(m /z); 219(M+1)

於容量3L之反應容器中裝入OMNAxx120g(550mmol)、二氯甲烷2.2L。邊冷卻到溫度-65~-60℃,邊費時2小時滴加溴105.4g(660mmol)溶於二氯甲烷200mL而得之溶液,反應1小時。此操作進行2次。並且收集2次分量之反應液,以蒸發器濃縮,獲得淡茶色固體。於獲得之淡茶色固體加入庚烷1.5L並過濾。並且將濾取之固體以庚烷500mL洗淨後,真空乾燥,獲得(3aR,4R,9S,9aS)-6,7-二溴十氫-4,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮(DBDNAxx)之白色固體313g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、產率75%)。又,將濾液減壓濃縮,以庚烷500mL洗淨後真空乾燥,獲得DBDNAxx之白色固體78.1g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、產率19%)。120 g (550 mmol) of OMNAxx and 2.2 L of dichloromethane were placed in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 3 L. While cooling to a temperature of -65~-60°C, a solution obtained by dissolving 105.4 g (660 mmol) of bromine in 200 mL of dichloromethane was added dropwise over 2 hours, and reacted for 1 hour. This operation is performed 2 times. And the reaction liquid of 2 times was collected and concentrated by an evaporator to obtain a light brown solid. Add 1.5 L of heptane to the obtained pale brown solid and filter. And the filtered solid was washed with 500 mL of heptane, and dried in vacuo to obtain (3aR,4R,9S,9aS)-6,7-dibromodecahydro-4,9-methanonaphtho[2,3- c] 313 g of white solid of furan-1,3-dione (DBDNAxx) (purity 100%, yield 75% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis). Also, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, washed with 500 mL of heptane, and dried in vacuo to obtain 78.1 g of a white solid of DBDNAxx (purity 100%, yield 19% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

DBDNAxx之物性値如下。The physical properties of DBDNAxx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.28(d,J=12Hz,1H),1.62(q,J=12Hz,1H),1.84-2.24(m,5H),2.59(s,2H),3.03(dd,J=7.3Hz,J=23Hz,2H),4.32(ddd,J=3.3Hz,J=5.5Hz,J=12Hz,1H),4.73(dd,J=3.0Hz,J=7.0Hz,1H) CI-MS(m/z);379(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.28(d, J=12Hz, 1H), 1.62(q, J=12Hz, 1H), 1.84-2.24(m, 5H), 2.59(s, 2H ), 3.03(dd, J=7.3Hz, J=23Hz, 2H), 4.32(ddd, J=3.3Hz, J=5.5Hz, J=12Hz, 1H), 4.73(dd, J=3.0Hz, J= 7.0Hz,1H) CI-MS(m/z); 379(M+1)

於容量2L之反應容器中添加馬來酸酐259g(2.64mol)、DBDNAxx 200g(529mmol),於反應溫度190℃反應2小時。反應結束後冷卻到溫度100℃,添加甲苯900mL。冷卻到室溫附近,分濾析出之固體。將獲得之固體以甲苯900mL洗淨後,以60℃、3小時之條件進行減壓乾燥,獲得(3aR,4R,5S,5aS,8aR,9R, 10S,10aS)-3a,4,4a,5,5a,8a,9,9a,10,10a-十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(EEMDAxx)之淡茶色固體140.2g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度97.2%、產率82%)。259 g (2.64 mol) of maleic anhydride and 200 g (529 mmol) of DBDNAxx were added to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 2 L, and the reaction was carried out at a reaction temperature of 190° C. for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, it was cooled to a temperature of 100° C., and 900 mL of toluene was added. Cool to around room temperature and filter the precipitated solid. The obtained solid was washed with 900 mL of toluene, and then dried under reduced pressure at 60°C for 3 hours to obtain (3aR, 4R, 5S, 5aS, 8aR, 9R, 10S, 10aS)-3a, 4, 4a, 5 ,5a,8a,9,9a,10,10a-decahydro-1H,3H-4,10-Ethyro-5,9-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']di 140.2 g of light brown solid of furan-1,3,6,8-tetraketone (EEMDAxx) (purity 97.2%, yield 82% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

又,對於DBDNAxx180g(476mmol)進行同樣的操作,獲得EEMDAxx之淡茶色固體139.2g(1 H-NMR純度98.9%、產率92%)。Also, the same operation was performed on 180 g (476 mmol) of DBDNAxx to obtain 139.2 g of a pale brown solid of EEMDAxx ( 98.9% purity by 1 H-NMR, 92% yield).

EEMDAxx之物性値如下。The physical properties of EEMDAxx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));0.59(d,J=12Hz,1H),2.01(s,2H),2.12(d,J=12Hz,1H),2.55(s,2H),2.98(d,J=1.4Hz,2H),3.20-3.30(m,4H),6.20(dd,J=3.1Hz,J=4.4Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);314(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 0.59(d, J=12Hz, 1H), 2.01(s, 2H), 2.12(d, J=12Hz, 1H), 2.55(s, 2H), 2.98(d, J=1.4Hz, 2H), 3.20-3.30(m, 4H), 6.20(dd, J=3.1Hz, J=4.4Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 314(M+1)

於容量20L之反應容器中裝入EEMDAxx254.9g(794.8mmol)、甲醇10L、原甲酸三甲酯533g、濃硫酸63g,於溫度61~67℃攪拌79小時。反應結束後將反應液減壓濃縮,獲得灰色固體513g。將獲得之固體溶於氯仿3256g,滴加到7重量%碳酸氫鈉水溶液1700g。於已分液之有機層添加無水硫酸鎂31.6g及活性碳26.8g,於室溫攪拌1小時後,進行過濾,將濾液以氯仿322g洗淨並減壓濃縮,獲得灰色固體325.3g。然後將獲得之灰色固體以甲醇再結晶,獲得(1R,4S,5R,6R,7S,8S,10S,11R)-1,4,4a,,6,7,8,8a-八氫-1,4-乙橋-5,8-甲橋萘-6,7,10,11-四羧酸四甲酯(EEMDExx)之白色固體294.9g(GC分析測得純度100%、產率91%)。254.9 g (794.8 mmol) of EEMDAxx, 10 L of methanol, 533 g of trimethyl orthoformate, and 63 g of concentrated sulfuric acid were placed in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 20 L, and stirred at a temperature of 61-67° C. for 79 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 513 g of a gray solid. The obtained solid was dissolved in 3256 g of chloroform, and was added dropwise to 1700 g of a 7% by weight aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. 31.6 g of anhydrous magnesium sulfate and 26.8 g of activated carbon were added to the separated organic layer, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then filtered. The filtrate was washed with 322 g of chloroform and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 325.3 g of a gray solid. The obtained gray solid was then recrystallized from methanol to obtain (1R,4S,5R,6R,7S,8S,10S,11R)-1,4,4a,6,7,8,8a-octahydro-1, 294.9 g of white solid (purity 100% and yield 91% by GC analysis) of tetramethyl 4-ethano-5,8-methaphthalene-6,7,10,11-tetracarboxylate (EEMDExx).

EEMDExx之物性値如下。The physical properties of EEMDExx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.55(d,J=11Hz,1H),1.61(s,2H),2.29(d,J=11Hz,1H),2.43(s,2H),2.62(d,J=1.9Hz,2H),2.97(s,2H),3.03(s,2H),3.58(s,6H),3.60(s,6H),6.23(dd,J=3.2Hz,J=4.6Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);407(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.55(d, J=11Hz, 1H), 1.61(s, 2H), 2.29(d, J=11Hz, 1H), 2.43(s, 2H), 2.62(d,J=1.9Hz,2H), 2.97(s,2H), 3.03(s,2H), 3.58(s,6H), 3.60(s,6H), 6.23(dd,J=3.2Hz,J =4.6Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 407(M+1)

於容量3L之高壓釜中添加EEMDExx98.2g(242mmol)、甲醇1720g,並添加10%銠-碳觸媒(N.E. Chemcat製、50%含水品)49.1g。將系內進行氫氣取代後,將氫氣加壓到0.9MPa,於內溫80℃反應4小時。反應結束後邊將析出之固體以N,N’-二甲基甲醯胺3235g溶解,邊取出反應物,進行矽藻土過濾,並去除觸媒。此操作對於EEMDExx97.3g(239mmol)更進行2次。然後將全部的濾液合併,減壓濃縮,獲得灰色固體289.1g。將獲得之灰色固體以氯仿700g與庚烷4373g再結晶,獲得(1R,2R,3S,4S,5R,6R,7S,8S)-十氫-1,4-乙橋-5,8-甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(EMDExx)之微灰色固體283.0g(GC分析測得純度99.9pa%、產率96%)。98.2 g (242 mmol) of EEMDExx and 1720 g of methanol were added to an autoclave with a capacity of 3 L, and 49.1 g of a 10% rhodium-carbon catalyst (manufactured by N.E. Chemcat, containing 50% water) was added. After replacing the system with hydrogen, pressurize the hydrogen to 0.9MPa, and react at an internal temperature of 80°C for 4 hours. After the reaction was completed, the precipitated solid was dissolved in 3235 g of N,N'-dimethylformamide, and the reactant was taken out, filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the catalyst was removed. This operation was performed twice more for EEMDExx97.3g (239mmol). Then all the filtrates were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 289.1 g of a gray solid. The obtained gray solid was recrystallized with 700 g of chloroform and 4373 g of heptane to obtain (1R, 2R, 3S, 4S, 5R, 6R, 7S, 8S)-decahydro-1,4-ethano-5,8-methano Naphthalene-2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylate (EMDExx) was 283.0 g of grayish solid (purity 99.9 pa%, yield 96% by GC analysis).

EMDExx之物性値如下。The physical properties of EMDExx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.52(d,J=9.0Hz,2H),1.58(s,2H),1.76(d,J=9.0Hz,2H),1.95-2.10(m,4H),2.52(s,2H),2.71(d,J=1.6Hz,2H),2.84(s,2H),3.63(s,6H),3.64(s,6H) CI-MS(m/z);409(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.52(d, J=9.0Hz, 2H), 1.58(s, 2H), 1.76(d, J=9.0Hz, 2H), 1.95-2.10(m ,4H), 2.52(s,2H), 2.71(d,J=1.6Hz,2H), 2.84(s,2H), 3.63(s,6H), 3.64(s,6H) CI-MS(m/z );409(M+1)

於容量3L之反應容器中加入EMDExx282.0g(689.7mmol)、甲酸1410g、對甲苯磺酸一水合物3.28g(17mmol),於溫度95℃~97℃反應19小時。反應結束後將反應液減壓濃縮,於濃縮物添加甲苯700mL。重複此操作6次,將甲酸大致完全地餾去。將獲得之懸浮液過濾,將獲得之固體以甲苯490mL洗淨後,於80℃真空乾燥,獲得灰色固體219.6g。之後實施利用乙酸酐所為之再結晶,再進行利用N,N’-二甲基甲醯胺所為之再結晶,獲得(3aR,4R,5S,5aS,8aR,9R,10S,10aS)-十氫-1H,3H-4,10-乙橋-5,9-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(EMDAxx)之白色固體175.9g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度99.4%、產率96%)。Add 282.0g (689.7mmol) of EMDExx, 1410g of formic acid, and 3.28g (17mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate into a reaction vessel with a capacity of 3L, and react at a temperature of 95°C to 97°C for 19 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and 700 mL of toluene was added to the concentrate. This operation was repeated 6 times, and the formic acid was almost completely distilled off. The obtained suspension was filtered, the obtained solid was washed with 490 mL of toluene, and vacuum-dried at 80° C. to obtain 219.6 g of a gray solid. Recrystallization by acetic anhydride followed by recrystallization by N,N'-dimethylformamide gave (3aR, 4R, 5S, 5aS, 8aR, 9R, 10S, 10aS)-decahydro -1H,3H-4,10-Etho-5,9-methanonaphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraone (EMDAxx) The resulting white solid was 175.9 g (purity 99.4%, yield 96% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis).

再者,使用獲得之EMDAxx150g,以250~290℃/5Pa之昇華條件進行精製,獲得EMDAxx之白色固體146g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、回收率97.6%)。Furthermore, 150 g of the obtained EMDAxx was purified under sublimation conditions of 250-290° C./5 Pa to obtain 146 g of EMDAxx as a white solid (purity 100% by 1 H-NMR analysis, recovery 97.6%).

EMDAxx之物性値如下。The physical properties of EMDAxx are as follows.

1 H-NMR(DMSO-d6, σ(ppm));0.98(d,J=13Hz,1H),1.15(d,J=9.4Hz,2H),1.57(d,J=9.4Hz,2H),1.81(s,2H),1.91(d,J=13Hz,1H),2.17(s,2H),2.63(s,2H),3.04(s,2H),3.19(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);317(M+1) 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6, σ(ppm)); 0.98(d, J=13Hz, 1H), 1.15(d, J=9.4Hz, 2H), 1.57(d, J=9.4Hz, 2H) , 1.81(s,2H), 1.91(d,J=13Hz,1H), 2.17(s,2H), 2.63(s,2H), 3.04(s,2H), 3.19(s,2H) CI-MS( m/z); 317(M+1)

[實施例S-3(BNDA之合成)][Example S-3 (synthesis of BNDA)]

[化52]

Figure 02_image123
於容量1L之高壓釜中裝入順式-1,4-二氯-2-丁烯233g(1.76mol)、二環戊二烯245g(1.96mol)、甲苯176mL。將系內進行氮氣取代後,於溫度180℃反應5小時。打開高壓釜,取出反應物並濃縮。[Chemical 52]
Figure 02_image123
233 g (1.76 mol) of cis-1,4-dichloro-2-butene, 245 g (1.96 mol) of dicyclopentadiene, and 176 mL of toluene were placed in an autoclave with a capacity of 1 L. After replacing the system with nitrogen, it was reacted at a temperature of 180° C. for 5 hours. The autoclave was opened, the reaction was removed and concentrated.

然後於容量1L之高壓釜中裝入順式-1,4-二氯-2-丁烯149g(1.13mol)、二環戊二烯156g(1.25mol)、甲苯112mL。將系內氮氣取代後,於溫度180℃反應5小時。打開高壓釜,取出反應物並濃縮。Then, 149 g (1.13 mol) of cis-1,4-dichloro-2-butene, 156 g (1.25 mol) of dicyclopentadiene, and 112 mL of toluene were placed in an autoclave with a capacity of 1 L. After replacing the system with nitrogen, react at a temperature of 180° C. for 5 hours. The autoclave was opened, the reaction was removed and concentrated.

將合計2次反應獲得之反應物(濃縮殘渣)合併(共計942g),進行減壓蒸餾,獲得5,6-雙(氯甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯(BCMN)之淡茶色液體396.8g(GC分析測得純度74.7%、產率65%)。The reactants (concentration residues) obtained in two reactions were combined (942 g in total) and distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 5,6-bis(chloromethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene (BCMN) Light brown liquid 396.8g (purity 74.7%, yield 65% as measured by GC analysis).

BCMN之物性値如下。The physical properties of BCMN are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.37(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),1.56(d,J=8.4Hz,1H),2.55-2.67(m,2H),3.06-3.17(m,4H),3.47(dd,J=5.8Hz,J=10Hz,2H),6.25(t,J=2.0Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);191(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.37 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 1.56 (d, J=8.4Hz, 1H), 2.55-2.67 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.17 (m, 4H), 3.47(dd, J=5.8Hz, J=10Hz, 2H), 6.25(t, J=2.0Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 191(M+1)

於容量5L之反應容器中添加85wt%氫氧化鈉水溶液307g(4.65mol)、乙醇2.3L、BCMN396.8g(1.55mol),於反應溫度78℃進行41小時加熱攪拌。反應結束後將獲得之懸浮液過濾。然後將濾液冷卻到溫度10℃,邊冷卻到溫度10~20℃邊滴加濃硫酸120g,獲得懸浮液。將獲得之懸浮液過濾,並將濾液於55-58℃/290-300mmHg進行減壓蒸餾,獲得5,6-二亞甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯(CYDE)之乙醇溶液2424g。307g (4.65mol) of 85wt% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution, 2.3L of ethanol, and 396.8g (1.55mol) of BCMN were added to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 5L, and heated and stirred at a reaction temperature of 78°C for 41 hours. After the reaction, the obtained suspension was filtered. Then the filtrate was cooled to a temperature of 10° C., and while cooling to a temperature of 10 to 20° C., 120 g of concentrated sulfuric acid was added dropwise to obtain a suspension. Filter the obtained suspension, and distill the filtrate under reduced pressure at 55-58°C/290-300mmHg to obtain the ethanol solution of 5,6-dimethylenebicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene (CYDE) 2424g.

CYDE之物性値如下。The physical properties of CYDE are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.57(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),1.77(d,J=8.2Hz,1H),3.30(d,J=1.8Hz,2H),4.95(s,2H),5.16(s,2H),6.19(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);119(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.57 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 1.77 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 3.30 (d, J=1.8Hz, 2H), 4.95(s,2H), 5.16(s,2H), 6.19(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z); 119(M+1)

於容量10L之反應容器中添加獲得之CYDE之乙醇溶液2424g、乙炔二羧酸二甲酯264.3g(1.86mol),於反應溫度70~78℃反應17小時。反應結束後將乙醇減壓餾去,獲得茶色液體369.3g。其次,以矽膠管柱層析(展開溶劑;己烷:乙酸乙酯=15:1(容量比))進行精製,獲得為茶色液體之含1,4,5,8-四氫-1,4-甲橋萘-6,7-二羧酸二甲酯(CYME)之餾分(1)126g(GC分析測得純度85.6pa%)及餾分(2)177g(GC分析測得純度50.9pa%)之2種餾分[合計產率(BCMN基準之產率)49%]。Add 2424 g of the ethanol solution of CYDE obtained and 264.3 g (1.86 mol) of dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate to a reaction vessel with a capacity of 10 L, and react for 17 hours at a reaction temperature of 70-78°C. After completion of the reaction, ethanol was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 369.3 g of a brown liquid. Secondly, it was purified by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate = 15:1 (volume ratio)) to obtain a brown liquid containing 1,4,5,8-tetrahydro-1,4 -Fraction (1) 126g (purity 85.6pa% by GC analysis) and fraction (2) 177g (purity 50.9pa% by GC analysis) of dimethyl naphthalene-6,7-dicarboxylate (CYME) 2 kinds of fractions [total yield (yield of BCMN benchmark) 49%].

CYME之物性値如下。The physical properties of CYME are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.98(d,J=0.8Hz,2H),2.85-3.02(m,2H),3.21-3.40(m,4H),3.76(s,6H),6.76(t,J=1.8Hz,2H) CI-MS(m/z);261(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.98(d, J=0.8Hz, 2H), 2.85-3.02(m, 2H), 3.21-3.40(m, 4H), 3.76(s, 6H) , 6.76(t, J=1.8Hz, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 261(M+1)

於容量3L之反應容器中,於氬氣環境下加入含有CYME之餾分(1)126g(純度85.6pa%;414.4mmol)、二氯甲烷1.3L、2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基對苯醌138g (607.9mmol),於20℃反應7小時。In a reaction vessel with a capacity of 3L, 126g of fraction (1) containing CYME (purity 85.6pa%; 414.4mmol), 1.3L of dichloromethane, 2,3-dichloro-5,6-bis 138g (607.9mmol) of cyano-p-benzoquinone was reacted at 20°C for 7 hours.

又,於容量3L之反應容器中,在氬氣環境下添加含CYME之餾分(2)177g(純度50.9pa%;346.1mmol)、二氯甲烷890mL、2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基對苯醌97.7g (430.4mmol),於20℃反應7小時。Also, in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 3L, 177g of fraction (2) containing CYME (purity 50.9pa%; 346.1mmol), 890mL of dichloromethane, 2,3-dichloro-5,6- 97.7 g (430.4 mmol) of dicyano-p-benzoquinone was reacted at 20° C. for 7 hours.

合併2次反應獲得之反應物並減壓濃縮,獲得茶色液體457.4g。然後,以矽膠層析(展開溶劑;己烷:乙酸乙酯=15:1(容量比))精製,獲得紅色油狀物質248.9g。將此油狀物質溶於乙酸乙酯2L,以飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液500mL洗淨3次,再以飽和食鹽水500mL洗淨後,以硫酸鈉脱水乾燥並過濾後,將濾液減壓濃縮,獲得1,4-二氫-1,4-甲橋萘-6,7-二羧酸二甲酯(CYPDM)之紅色油狀物質146g(GC分析測得純度99.1pa%、產率74%)。The reactants obtained from the two reactions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 457.4 g of a brown liquid. Thereafter, it was purified by silica gel chromatography (developing solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=15:1 (volume ratio)) to obtain 248.9 g of a red oily substance. The oily substance was dissolved in 2 L of ethyl acetate, washed three times with 500 mL of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and then washed with 500 mL of saturated brine, dried with sodium sulfate and filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 146 g of red oily substance of 1,4-dihydro-1,4-methydronaphthalene-6,7-dicarboxylate dimethyl ester (CYPDM) (purity 99.1pa% by GC analysis, yield 74%).

CYPDM之物性値如下。The physical properties of CYPDM are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));2.26(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),2.36(d,J=7.6Hz,1H),3.85(s,6H),3.94(t,J=1.8Hz,2H),6.77(t,J=1.8Hz,2H),7.56(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);259(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 2.26(d,J=7.6Hz,1H), 2.36(d,J=7.6Hz,1H), 3.85(s,6H), 3.94(t,J =1.8Hz, 2H), 6.77(t, J=1.8Hz, 2H), 7.56(s, 2H) CI-MS(m/z); 259(M+1)

於容量500mL之反應容器裝入甲醇135g、氯仿41g、氯化銅(II)52g (387mmol)、氯化鈀14mg(0.08mmol)。將系內之氣體環境取代為一氧化碳後,費時6小時滴加CYPDM20g(76.7mmol)溶於氯仿66g而得之溶液,於室溫反應3小時。其次將系內之氣體環境從一氧化碳取代為氬氣後,從反應混合物餾去溶劑,並添加氯仿300g。再減壓濃縮並餾去溶劑,添加氯仿300g。並且從獲得之茶綠色之懸浮液以過濾去除不溶物。將獲得之溶液以飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液240g洗淨3次,再以精製水240g洗淨3次後,於有機層添加無水硫酸鎂4g、活性碳2g並攪拌。並且,將溶液過濾後減壓濃縮,獲得淡茶色固體26.7g。其次,實施利用矽膠層析(展開溶劑;己烷:乙酸乙酯=15:1(容量比))所為之精製,然後實施利用再結晶(溶劑比;甲苯/庚烷=2.5:1(容量比))所為之精製,獲得1,2,3,4-四氫-1,4-甲橋萘-2,3,6,7-四羧酸四甲酯(BNME)之白色固體22.4g(HPLC分析測得純度94.8pa%、產率67.5%)。135 g of methanol, 41 g of chloroform, 52 g (387 mmol) of copper(II) chloride, and 14 mg (0.08 mmol) of palladium chloride were placed in a reaction vessel with a capacity of 500 mL. After replacing the gas environment in the system with carbon monoxide, a solution obtained by dissolving 20 g (76.7 mmol) of CYPDM in 66 g of chloroform was added dropwise over 6 hours, and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. Next, after replacing the gas atmosphere in the system from carbon monoxide to argon, the solvent was distilled off from the reaction mixture, and 300 g of chloroform was added. After concentration under reduced pressure, the solvent was distilled off, and 300 g of chloroform was added. And the insoluble matter was removed by filtration from the obtained tea-green suspension. The obtained solution was washed 3 times with 240 g of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and 3 times with 240 g of purified water, and then 4 g of anhydrous magnesium sulfate and 2 g of activated carbon were added to the organic layer and stirred. Then, the solution was filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 26.7 g of a light brown solid. Next, refine by silica gel chromatography (developing solvent; hexane:ethyl acetate=15:1 (volume ratio)), and then implement recrystallization (solvent ratio; toluene/heptane=2.5:1 (volume ratio) )) to obtain 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methyronaphthyl-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid tetramethyl ester (BNME) white solid 22.4g (HPLC The analysis determined the purity to be 94.8pa%, and the yield to be 67.5%).

BNME之物性値如下。The physical properties of BNME are as follows.

1 H-NMR(CDCl3, σ(ppm));1.89(d,J=10Hz,1H),2.54(d,J=10Hz,1H),2.74(d,J=2.0Hz,2H),3.67(t,J=2.0Hz,2H),3.70(s,6H),3.89(s,6H),7.57(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);377(M+1) 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3, σ(ppm)); 1.89 (d, J = 10Hz, 1H), 2.54 (d, J = 10Hz, 1H), 2.74 (d, J = 2.0Hz, 2H), 3.67 ( t,J=2.0Hz,2H), 3.70(s,6H), 3.89(s,6H), 7.57(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z); 377(M+1)

於容量200mL之反應容器中加入BNME20g(50.4mmol)、甲酸60g、對甲苯磺酸一水合物194.2mg(1.02mmol),於內溫95℃~99℃反應57小時。反應結束後將反應液減壓濃縮,於濃縮物中添加甲苯42g。重複此操作7次,將甲酸大致完全餾去。將獲得之懸浮液過濾,並將獲得之固體以甲苯21g洗淨後,於80℃真空乾燥,獲得乳白色固體16.1g。之後實施利用乙酸酐所為之再結晶,再實施利用N,N’-二甲基乙醯胺所為之再結晶,獲得3a,4,10,10a-四氫-1H,3H-4,10-甲橋萘并[2,3-c:6,7-c’]二呋喃-1,3,6,8-四酮(BNDA)之白色固體8.39g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度98.8%、產率57.9%)。Add 20g (50.4mmol) of BNME, 60g of formic acid, and 194.2mg (1.02mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate into a 200mL reaction vessel, and react at an internal temperature of 95°C to 99°C for 57 hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and 42 g of toluene was added to the concentrate. This operation was repeated 7 times, and the formic acid was almost completely distilled off. The obtained suspension was filtered, and the obtained solid was washed with 21 g of toluene, and vacuum-dried at 80° C. to obtain 16.1 g of a milky white solid. Recrystallization by acetic anhydride followed by recrystallization by N,N'-dimethylacetamide gave 3a,4,10,10a-tetrahydro-1H,3H-4,10-methanol 8.39 g of white solid of Naphtho[2,3-c:6,7-c']difuran-1,3,6,8-tetraketone (BNDA) (purity 98.8% as determined by 1 H-NMR analysis, Yield 57.9%).

再者,使用獲得之BNDA15g,以220~230℃/5Pa之昇華條件進行精製,獲得BNDA之白色固體11.6g(1 H-NMR分析測得純度100%、回收率76.4%)。Furthermore, 15 g of the obtained BNDA was purified under sublimation conditions of 220-230° C./5 Pa to obtain 11.6 g of a white solid of BNDA (purity 100% by 1 H-NMR analysis, recovery 76.4%).

BNDA之物性値如下。The physical properties of BNDA are as follows.

1 H-NMR(DMSO-d6, σ(ppm));1.79(d,J=15Hz,1H),1.93(d,J=15Hz,1H),3.21(s,2H),4.05(s,2H),8.07(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z);285(M+1) 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6, σ(ppm)); 1.79(d, J=15Hz, 1H), 1.93(d, J=15Hz, 1H), 3.21(s, 2H), 4.05(s, 2H ), 8.07(s,2H) CI-MS(m/z); 285(M+1)

[實施例1] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入DABAN0.60g(2.6毫莫耳),添加NMP6.29g,其量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為20質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液緩慢添加TNDA1.12g(2.6毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 1] 0.60 g (2.6 millimoles) of DABAN was charged into a reaction vessel substituted with nitrogen, and 6.29 g of NMP was added in such an amount that the total mass of the feed monomer (the sum of the diamine component and the carboxylic acid component) became 20% by mass amount, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.12 g (2.6 mmoles) of TNDA was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下),直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到440℃而進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat imide directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 440°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) Chemically, a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate was obtained. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例2] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入DABAN1.00g(4.4毫莫耳)、PPD0.07g(0.6毫莫耳)、與BAPB0.46g(1.3毫莫耳),添加NMP11.54g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為25質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液中緩慢添加TNDA2.32g(6.3毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 2] DABAN1.00g (4.4mmol), PPD0.07g (0.6mmol), and BAPB0.46g (1.3mmol) were charged into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and NMP11.54g was added. The total mass of the feed monomers (sum of the diamine component and the carboxylic acid component) was 25% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 2.32 g (6.3 millimoles) of TNDA was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加溫到460℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 460°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) to perform thermal imide Chemically, a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate was obtained. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[比較例1] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入BAPB1.00g(2.7毫莫耳),添加NMP6.00g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為25質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液緩慢添加TNDA1.00g(2.7毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Comparative example 1] 1.00 g (2.7 millimoles) of BAPB was charged into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and 6.00 g of NMP was added so that the total mass of the feed monomer (the sum of the diamine component and the carboxylic acid component) became 25% by mass amount, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.00 g (2.7 mmol) of TNDA was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到430℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 430°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[比較例2] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入4,4’-ODA0.70g(3.5毫莫耳),添加DMAc 7.95g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為20質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液中緩慢添加TNDA1.29g(3.5毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Comparative example 2] Charge 4,4'-ODA 0.70g (3.5mmol) in a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, add DMAc 7.95g, this amount is the total mass of feed monomer (sum of diamine component and carboxylic acid component ) in an amount of 20% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.29 g (3.5 mmol) of TNDA was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到430℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 430°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例3] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入DABAN0.23g(1.0毫莫耳),添加NMP 2.70g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為16質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液緩慢添加實施例S-3獲得之BNDA0.29g(1.0毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 3] 0.23 g (1.0 millimole) of DABAN was charged into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and 2.70 g of NMP was added so that the total mass of the monomers fed (the sum of the diamine component and the carboxylic acid component) became 16% by mass amount, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. To this solution, 0.29 g (1.0 mmol) of BNDA obtained in Example S-3 was slowly added. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到320℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 320°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例4] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入PPD0.40g(3.7毫莫耳),添加NMP5.81g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為20質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液中緩慢添加實施例S-3獲得之BNDA1.05g(3.7毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 4] PPD0.40g (3.7 millimoles) was charged into a nitrogen-substituted reaction vessel, and NMP5.81g was added so that the total mass of the monomers fed (the sum of the diamine component and the carboxylic acid component) became 20% by mass amount, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.05 g (3.7 millimoles) of BNDA obtained in Example S-3 was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到350℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 350°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例5] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入TFMB1.52g(4.7毫莫耳),添加NMP11.41g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為20質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液中緩慢添加實施例S-3獲得之BNDA1.35g(4.7毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 5] Put 1.52g (4.7mmol) of TFMB into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and add 11.41g of NMP so that the total mass of the feed monomer (the sum of the diamine component and the carboxylic acid component) becomes 20% by mass amount, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.35 g (4.7 millimoles) of BNDA obtained in Example S-3 was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到320℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 320°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例6] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入DABAN0.40g(1.8毫莫耳)、TFMB0.70g(2.2毫莫耳)、與BAPB0.16g(0.4毫莫耳),添加NMP10.00g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為20質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液緩慢添加實施例S-3獲得之BNDA1.24g(4.4毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 6] DABAN0.40g (1.8mmol), TFMB0.70g (2.2mmol), and BAPB0.16g (0.4mmol) were charged into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and NMP10.00g was added. The total mass of the feed monomers (sum of the diamine component and the carboxylic acid component) was 20% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.24 g (4.4 millimoles) of BNDA obtained in Example S-3 was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到350℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 350°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例7] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入tra-DACH0.39g(3.5毫莫耳),添加NMP 11.14g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為11質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液緩慢添加實施例S-3獲得之BNDA0.98g(3.5毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 7] Put 0.39g (3.5mmol) of tra-DACH into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and add 11.14g of NMP. The amount of mass % was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. To this solution, 0.98 g (3.5 millimoles) of BNDA obtained in Example S-3 was slowly added. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到320℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 320°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[比較例3] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入4,4’-ODA0.60g(3.0毫莫耳),添加NMP 13.06g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為10質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此緩慢添加實施例S-3獲得之BNDA0.85g(3.0毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Comparative example 3] Charge 4,4'-ODA0.60g (3.0mmol) into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, add NMP13.06g, this amount is the total mass of feed monomer (sum of diamine component and carboxylic acid component ) in an amount of 10% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Here, 0.85 g (3.0 millimoles) of BNDA obtained in Example S-3 was slowly added. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到320℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 320°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例8] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入4,4’-ODA0.70g(3.5毫莫耳),添加NMP 25.57g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為7質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液緩慢添加實施例S-1獲得之DMADA1.22g(3.5毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 8] 4,4'-ODA 0.70g (3.5mmol) was charged into a reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and NMP 25.57g was added. ) into an amount of 7% by mass, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.22 g (3.5 millimoles) of DMADA obtained in Example S-1 was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到350℃,進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat it directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 350°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) for thermal imidization , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

[實施例9] 於經氮氣取代之反應容器中裝入TPE-R1.20g(4.1毫莫耳),添加NMP11.39g,此量係使進料單體總質量(二胺成分與羧酸成分之總和)成為25質量%之量,於室溫攪拌1小時。於此溶液緩慢添加實施例S-2-2獲得之EMDAxx1.32g(4.1毫莫耳)。於室溫攪拌48小時,獲得均勻且黏稠的聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液。[Example 9] Put 1.20g (4.1mmol) of TPE-R into the reaction vessel replaced by nitrogen, and add 11.39g of NMP. The amount of mass % was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 1.32 g (4.1 millimoles) of EMDAxx obtained in Example S-2-2 was slowly added to this solution. After stirring at room temperature for 48 hours, a uniform and viscous polyimide precursor solution was obtained.

將經PTFE製濾膜過濾之聚醯亞胺前驅體溶液塗佈在玻璃基板,於氮氣環境下(氧濃度200ppm以下)直接在玻璃基板上從室溫加熱到450℃而進行熱醯亞胺化,獲得無色透明的聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體。其次將獲得之聚醯亞胺膜/玻璃疊層體浸於水後剝離、乾燥而獲得膜厚10μm之聚醯亞胺膜。Apply the polyimide precursor solution filtered through a PTFE filter membrane on a glass substrate, and heat imidization directly on the glass substrate from room temperature to 450°C in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration below 200ppm) , to obtain a colorless and transparent polyimide film/glass laminate. Next, the obtained polyimide film/glass laminate was immersed in water, peeled off, and dried to obtain a polyimide film with a film thickness of 10 μm.

測定此聚醯亞胺膜之特性之結果示於表2。Table 2 shows the results of measuring the properties of this polyimide film.

【表2】

Figure 02_image125
【Table 2】
Figure 02_image125

從表2-1所示結果可知:使用TNDA作為四羧酸成分的情形,相較於只使用有醚鍵(-O-)之二胺(4,4’-ODA、BAPB)作為二胺成分時,使用給予不具醚鍵(-O-)之前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺(DABAN、PPD)時可保持充分的透明性、機械的特性,且獲得之聚醯亞胺之耐熱性高,線熱膨脹係數低(實施例1、2與比較例1、2)。使用BNDA作為四羧酸成分的情形,相較於只使用有醚鍵(-O-)之二胺(4,4’-ODA)作為二胺成分時,使用給予不具醚鍵(-O-)之前述化學式(B-1)之結構之二胺(DABAN、PPD、TFMB)、使用給予前述化學式(B-2)之結構之二胺(tra-DACH)時,會保持充分的透明性、機械的特性,且獲得之聚醯亞胺之線熱膨脹係數極低,耐熱性亦為同等以上(實施例3~7與比較例3)。From the results shown in Table 2-1, it can be seen that using TNDA as the tetracarboxylic acid component, compared with only using diamines (4,4'-ODA, BAPB) with ether linkages (-O-) as the diamine component When using diamines (DABAN, PPD) of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) that do not have an ether bond (-O-), sufficient transparency and mechanical properties can be maintained, and the polyimide obtained has High heat resistance and low coefficient of linear thermal expansion (Examples 1, 2 and Comparative Examples 1, 2). In the case of using BNDA as the tetracarboxylic acid component, compared to using only diamine (4,4'-ODA) with ether bond (-O-) as the diamine component, the When using the diamine (DABAN, PPD, TFMB) of the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-1) and the diamine (tra-DACH) given the structure of the aforementioned chemical formula (B-2), sufficient transparency and mechanical properties, and the obtained polyimide has an extremely low coefficient of linear thermal expansion, and its heat resistance is equal or above (Examples 3-7 and Comparative Example 3).

又,可知組合之二胺成分為相同的情形,使用DMADA作為四羧酸成分時,相較於使用BNDA時,獲得之聚醯亞胺之線熱膨脹係數減低(實施例8與比較例3)。Also, it can be seen that when the diamine components in combination are the same, when DMADA is used as the tetracarboxylic acid component, the linear thermal expansion coefficient of the polyimide obtained is lower than when BNDA is used (Example 8 and Comparative Example 3).

又,使用EMDA作為四羧酸成分時,可獲得線熱膨脹係數低、耐熱性高、有充分特性之聚醯亞胺(實施例9)。 [產業利用性]Also, when EMDA was used as the tetracarboxylic acid component, a polyimide having a low coefficient of linear thermal expansion, high heat resistance, and sufficient properties was obtained (Example 9). [Industrial Utilization]

依本發明可提供有透明性、彎折耐性、高耐熱性、低線熱膨脹係數等優良的特性之聚醯亞胺、及其前驅體、及此等之製造中使用之新穎之四羧酸二酐。此由本發明之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺、及本發明之聚醯亞胺,透明性高且低線熱膨脹係數,容易形成微細電路,也兼有耐溶劑性,尤其適合形成顯示器用途等的基板。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide polyimides having excellent properties such as transparency, bending resistance, high heat resistance, and low linear thermal expansion coefficient, and their precursors, as well as novel tetracarboxylic acid dicarboxylic acids used in their production. anhydride. The polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the present invention and the polyimide of the present invention have high transparency and low linear thermal expansion coefficient, are easy to form fine circuits, and have solvent resistance, and are especially suitable for forming Substrates for display applications, etc.

Figure 110132670-A0101-11-0003-9
Figure 110132670-A0101-11-0003-9

Claims (8)

一種聚醯亞胺前驅體,其特徵為:包括下列化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元中之至少1種,化學式(1-1)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0113-1
式中,A11係下列化學式(A-1)表示之4價基、或下列化學式(A-2)表示之4價基,B11係下列化學式(B-1)表示之2價基、或下列化學式(B-2)表示之2價基,X1、X2各自獨立地為氫、碳數1~6之烷基、或碳數3~9之烷基矽基,且當A11選擇化學式(A-1)時,B11選擇化學式(B-1);[化2]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0113-2
式中,R1、R2、R3各自獨立地為-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、或-CH=CH-;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0113-3
式中,R4為-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、或-CH=CH-;[化4]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0114-4
式中,n1表示0~3之整數、n2表示0~3之整數;Y1、Y2、Y3各自獨立地表示選自於由氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基構成之群組中之1種,Q1、Q2各自獨立地表示選自於由直接鍵結、或式:-NHCO-、-CONH-、-COO-、-OCO-表示之基構成之群組中之1種;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0114-5
式中,Y4表示氫原子、或碳數1~4之烷基。
A polyimide precursor, characterized in that it includes at least one of the repeating units represented by the following chemical formula (1-1), and the total content of the repeating units represented by the chemical formula (1-1) is 50% relative to all repeating units More than mole%;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0113-1
In the formula, A 11 is a quaternary group represented by the following chemical formula (A-1), or a 4-valent group represented by the following chemical formula (A-2), B 11 is a divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-1), or In the divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-2), X 1 and X 2 are each independently hydrogen, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an alkylsilyl group with 3 to 9 carbons, and when A 11 is selected During chemical formula (A-1), B 11 selects chemical formula (B-1); [Chemical 2]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0113-2
In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0113-3
In the formula, R 4 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-; [Chem. 4]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0114-4
In the formula, n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 3; Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 each independently represent a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. One of the group, Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent one selected from the group consisting of direct bonds, or groups represented by the formula: -NHCO-, -CONH-, -COO-, -OCO- 1 type;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0114-5
In the formula, Y 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
一種聚醯亞胺,其特徵為包括下列化學式(2-1)表示之重複單元中之至少1種,化學式(2-1)表示之重複單元之合計含量相對於全部重複單元為50莫耳%以上;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0114-6
式中,A21為下列化學式(A-1)表示之4價基、或下列化學式(A-2)表示之4價基,B21為下列化學式(B-1)表示之2價基、或下列化學式(B-2)表示之2價基,且當A21選擇化學式(A-1)時,B21選擇化學式(B-1);
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-7
式中,R1、R2、R3各自獨立地為-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、或-CH=CH-;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-8
式中,R4為-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、或-CH=CH-;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-9
式中,n1表示0~3之整數,n2表示0~3之整數;Y1、Y2、Y3各自獨立地表示選自於由氫原子、甲基、三氟甲基構成之群組中之1種,Q1、Q2各自獨立地表示選自於由直接鍵結、或式:-NHCO-、-CONH-、-COO-、-OCO-表示之基構成之群組中之1種;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-10
式中,Y4表示氫原子、或碳數1~4之烷基。
A polyimide characterized by comprising at least one of the repeating units represented by the following chemical formula (2-1), and the total content of the repeating units represented by the chemical formula (2-1) is 50 mol% relative to all repeating units above;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0114-6
In the formula, A 21 is a quaternary group represented by the following chemical formula (A-1), or a 4-valent group represented by the following chemical formula (A-2), and B 21 is a divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-1), or A divalent group represented by the following chemical formula (B-2), and when A 21 selects chemical formula (A-1), B 21 selects chemical formula (B-1);
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-7
In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-8
In the formula, R 4 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-9
In the formula, n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 3; Y 1 , Y 2 , and Y 3 each independently represent a group selected from a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group. One of the group, Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent one selected from the group consisting of direct bonds, or groups represented by the formula: -NHCO-, -CONH-, -COO-, -OCO- 1 type;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0115-10
In the formula, Y 4 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
一種聚醯亞胺,係由如申請專利範圍第1項之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得。 A polyimide is obtained from the polyimide precursor as described in item 1 of the scope of the patent application. 一種膜,係由如申請專利範圍第1項之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺、或如申請專利範圍第2項之聚醯亞胺為主而成。 A film is mainly made of polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor of the first item of the patent application, or the polyimide of the second item of the patent application. 一種清漆,包括如申請專利範圍第1項之聚醯亞胺前驅體、或如申請專利範圍第2項之聚醯亞胺。 A varnish, including the polyimide precursor as in item 1 of the scope of application, or the polyimide as in item 2 of the scope of application. 一種聚醯亞胺膜,係使用含有如申請專利範圍第1項之聚醯亞胺前驅體、或如申請專利範圍第2項之聚醯亞胺之清漆獲得。 A polyimide film is obtained by using a varnish containing the polyimide precursor as in item 1 of the patent application, or the polyimide as in item 2 of the patent application. 一種顯示器用、觸控面板用、或太陽能電池用之基板,其特徵為:含有由如申請專利範圍第1項之聚醯亞胺前驅體獲得之聚醯亞胺、或如申請專利範圍第2項之聚醯亞胺。 A substrate for displays, touch panels, or solar cells, characterized by: containing polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor as in item 1 of the patent application, or as in the second item of the patent application item of polyimide. 一種四羧酸二酐之製造方法,其特徵為包括以下步驟:(A)使下列化學式(M-C-1)表示之二烯化合物與下列化學式(M-C-2)表示之乙炔化合物反應而獲得下列化學式(M-C-3)表示之二酯化合物;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0116-11
式中,R4為-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、或-CH=CH-;[化38]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-12
式中,R31、R32各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基、或苯基;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-13
式中,R4、R31、R32之含意同前述;(B)利用該化學式(M-C-3)表示之二酯化合物之氧化反應,獲得下列化學式(M-C-4)表示之二酯化合物;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-14
式中,R4、R31、R32之含意同前述;(C)使該化學式(M-C-4)表示之二酯化合物於鈀觸媒及銅化合物存在下和醇化合物與一氧化碳反應而獲得下列化學式(M-C-5)表示之四酯化合物;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-15
式中,R4、R31、R32之含意同前述,R33、R34各自獨立地為碳數1~10之烷基;(D)使該化學式(M-C-5)表示之四酯化合物於酸觸媒存在下於有機溶劑中反應,獲得下列化學式(M-9)表示之四羧酸二酐;[化42]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0118-16
式中,R4之含意同前述。
A method for producing tetracarboxylic dianhydride, characterized by comprising the following steps: (A) reacting a diene compound represented by the following chemical formula (MC-1) with an acetylene compound represented by the following chemical formula (MC-2) to obtain the following chemical formula Diester compounds represented by (MC-3);
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0116-11
In the formula, R 4 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH=CH-; [Chemical 38]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-12
In the formula, R 31 and R 32 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons, or a phenyl group;
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-13
In the formula, the meanings of R 4 , R 31 , and R 32 are the same as above; (B) utilize the oxidation reaction of the diester compound represented by the chemical formula (MC-3) to obtain the diester compound represented by the following chemical formula (MC-4);
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-14
In the formula, R 4 , R 31 , R 32 have the same meaning as above; (C) make the diester compound represented by the chemical formula (MC-4) react with alcohol compound and carbon monoxide in the presence of palladium catalyst and copper compound to obtain the following Tetraester compounds represented by chemical formula (MC-5);
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0117-15
In the formula, R 4 , R 31 , and R 32 have the same meanings as above, and R 33 and R 34 are each independently an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbons; (D) the tetraester compound represented by the chemical formula (MC-5) In the presence of an acid catalyst, react in an organic solvent to obtain tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following chemical formula (M-9); [Chemical 42]
Figure 110132670-A0305-02-0118-16
In the formula, R 4 has the same meaning as above.
TW110132670A 2016-05-31 2017-05-31 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film and substrate, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in manufacture of polyimide TWI791277B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016108630 2016-05-31
JP2016-108630 2016-05-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202146531A TW202146531A (en) 2021-12-16
TWI791277B true TWI791277B (en) 2023-02-01

Family

ID=60478607

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW110132670A TWI791277B (en) 2016-05-31 2017-05-31 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film and substrate, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in manufacture of polyimide
TW106117913A TWI742087B (en) 2016-05-31 2017-05-31 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film and substrate, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in manufacture of polyimide

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106117913A TWI742087B (en) 2016-05-31 2017-05-31 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film and substrate, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in manufacture of polyimide

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (4) JP6939779B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102347037B1 (en)
CN (4) CN118221527A (en)
TW (2) TWI791277B (en)
WO (2) WO2017209197A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102143307B1 (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-08-10 우베 고산 가부시키가이샤 Polyimide film
JPWO2022196664A1 (en) * 2021-03-17 2022-09-22
CN113388109B (en) * 2021-07-10 2023-01-31 南昌大学 Polyimide with main chain containing benzonorbornene structure and preparation method thereof
WO2024106432A1 (en) * 2022-11-15 2024-05-23 国立大学法人九州大学 Method for producing compound having dicarboxylic acid derivative structure

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201420637A (en) * 2012-09-10 2014-06-01 Ube Industries Polyimide precursor, polyimide, varnish, polyimide film, and substrate

Family Cites Families (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA1239649A (en) * 1982-09-30 1988-07-26 Howard Alper Process for the production of carboxylic acid esters and/or carboxylic acids
JPS61275246A (en) * 1985-05-29 1986-12-05 Sagami Chem Res Center Production of carboxylic acid ester
JPS61275247A (en) * 1985-05-29 1986-12-05 Sagami Chem Res Center Production of beta-alkoxycarboxylic acid ester
GB8602177D0 (en) * 1986-01-29 1986-03-05 Shell Int Research Preparation of diester of dicarboxylic acid
GB8605034D0 (en) * 1986-02-28 1986-04-09 Shell Int Research Carbonylation of compounds
JP2513006B2 (en) * 1988-11-30 1996-07-03 日本合成ゴム株式会社 Alicyclic tetracarboxylic acids and derivatives thereof
JP2666457B2 (en) * 1989-03-09 1997-10-22 日本合成ゴム株式会社 Alicyclic tetracarboxylic acids and derivatives thereof
JPH049368A (en) * 1990-04-26 1992-01-14 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of exo-cis-2,3-norbornanedicarboxylic acid imide
JPH05140141A (en) * 1991-11-13 1993-06-08 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Production of carboxylic acid anhydride
JPH05271409A (en) * 1992-03-30 1993-10-19 Japan Synthetic Rubber Co Ltd Production of polyamic acid
JPH06345868A (en) * 1993-06-03 1994-12-20 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Polyimide and its production
US6071670A (en) * 1996-10-11 2000-06-06 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Transparent resin, photosensitive composition, and method of forming a pattern
JP2001151728A (en) * 1999-11-30 2001-06-05 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Method for producing alicyclic dicarboxylic acid derivative and alicyclic dicarboxylic acid drivative
JP4045595B2 (en) * 2003-04-22 2008-02-13 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP2007002023A (en) * 2005-06-21 2007-01-11 Fujifilm Holdings Corp Film and image display
JP5194342B2 (en) * 2005-07-15 2013-05-08 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and vertical alignment liquid crystal display element for vertical alignment liquid crystal display element
JP5158356B2 (en) * 2008-06-03 2013-03-06 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2010184898A (en) * 2009-02-12 2010-08-26 Tokyo Kogei Univ Dodecahydro-1,4:5,8-dimethanoanthracene-9,10-dione-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid-2,3:6,7-dianhydrides, dodecahydro-1,4:5,8-dimethanoanthracene-9,10-dione-2,3,6,7-tetracarboxylic acid tetraesters and method for producing the same
US20120190802A1 (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-07-26 Nexolve Corporation Polyimide polymer from non-stoichiometric components
KR101941413B1 (en) * 2011-03-11 2019-01-22 우베 고산 가부시키가이샤 Polyimide precursor and polyimide
JP6060695B2 (en) * 2012-01-20 2017-01-18 宇部興産株式会社 Polyimide precursor and polyimide
JP5845918B2 (en) * 2012-01-20 2016-01-20 宇部興産株式会社 Polyimide precursor and polyimide
JP6283954B2 (en) * 2012-09-10 2018-02-28 宇部興産株式会社 Polyimide precursor, polyimide, varnish, polyimide film, and substrate
US20160137787A1 (en) * 2013-06-27 2016-05-19 Ube Industries, Ltd. Polymide precursor and polymide
JP2015108092A (en) * 2013-12-05 2015-06-11 学校法人東京工芸大学 Polyimide production method and polyimide obtained by the same
JP6506260B2 (en) * 2014-04-23 2019-04-24 Jxtgエネルギー株式会社 Tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, polyamic acid, polyimide, method for producing them, and polyamic acid solution
JP6086139B2 (en) * 2015-10-05 2017-03-01 宇部興産株式会社 Polyimide precursor and polyimide

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201420637A (en) * 2012-09-10 2014-06-01 Ube Industries Polyimide precursor, polyimide, varnish, polyimide film, and substrate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN109415379A (en) 2019-03-01
JPWO2017209199A1 (en) 2019-04-04
KR102347037B1 (en) 2022-01-05
CN109312071B (en) 2022-06-14
JP7173204B2 (en) 2022-11-16
TW202146531A (en) 2021-12-16
JP7052723B2 (en) 2022-04-12
JP2021138952A (en) 2021-09-16
TWI742087B (en) 2021-10-11
JP2022116052A (en) 2022-08-09
WO2017209199A1 (en) 2017-12-07
CN114854010B (en) 2024-04-16
JP6939779B2 (en) 2021-09-22
CN118221527A (en) 2024-06-21
WO2017209197A1 (en) 2017-12-07
TW201802144A (en) 2018-01-16
CN114854010A (en) 2022-08-05
JP7327573B2 (en) 2023-08-16
JPWO2017209197A1 (en) 2019-03-28
KR20190014518A (en) 2019-02-12
CN109312071A (en) 2019-02-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7327573B2 (en) Polyimide precursors, polyimides, polyimide films and substrates, and tetracarboxylic dianhydrides used in the production of polyimides
TWI669325B (en) Polyimide film
TWI548678B (en) A transparent film, a transparent conductive laminate, and a touch panel, a solar cell, and a display device using the same
TWI586710B (en) Polyimide and alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides for use in the manufacture thereof
TWI658069B (en) Polyimide precursor composition, method of manufacturing polyimide, polyimide, polyimide film, and substrate
CN107573506B (en) Polyimide precursor, polyimide film, varnish, and substrate
TWI612077B (en) Polyimide precursor, polyimide, varnish, polyimide film, and substrate
TWI788288B (en) Polyimide resin
JP2016074915A (en) Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film, varnish and substrate
TWI801480B (en) Polyimide precursor, polyimide, polyimide film, varnish and substrate
JPWO2015080139A1 (en) Polyimide precursor composition, polyimide production method, polyimide, polyimide film, and substrate
TWI694989B (en) Tetracarboxylic dianhydride having cyclic hydrocarbon skeleton and ester group
TWI833752B (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
JP6443579B2 (en) Polyimide film
KR20210031646A (en) Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, carbonyl compound, polyimide precursor resin and polyimide